diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 5e8a2f8d86..793554daae 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:366 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:431 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:504 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:671 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:673 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:388 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:451 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:539 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:682 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:684 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:407 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:474 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:603 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:692 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:694 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" @@ -1390,69 +1390,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Download and install **nodejs** with your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:649 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:651 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:651 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:653 msgid "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:654 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:656 msgid "To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments ` or a :ref:`configuration file `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:658 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:660 msgid "For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:662 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:664 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:664 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:666 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:665 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:667 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:667 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:669 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:678 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:680 msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:689 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:699 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:691 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:701 msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:702 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:704 msgid "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in your web browser and log in with the base administrator account: Use `admin` for the :guilabel:`Email` and, again, `admin` for the :guilabel:`Password`. That's it, you just logged into your own Odoo database!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:708 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:710 msgid "From there, you can create and manage new :doc:`users `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:710 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:712 msgid "The user account you use to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the :option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:714 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:716 msgid ":doc:`The exhaustive list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:719 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:721 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 msgid "Docker" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:721 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:723 msgid "The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the official Odoo `docker image `_ page." msgstr "" @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ msgid "API permissions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 -msgid "The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (IMAP) emails in the Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under :guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the :guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." +msgid "The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (SMTP) emails in the Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under :guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the :guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ msgid "This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 msgid "Configure outgoing email server" msgstr "" @@ -2282,82 +2282,102 @@ msgid "Create a new project" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:24 -msgid "To get started, go to the `Google API Platform `_. Log in with your *Google Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in Odoo)." +msgid "To get started, go to the `Google API Console `_. Log in with your *Google Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:29 -msgid "After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of the OAuth consent screen. If a project has already been created in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on the top left under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 +msgid "After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`. If a project has already been created in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the :guilabel:`Location` as the `Google Workspace` organization. If you are using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as `No Organization`." +msgid "On the :menuselection:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the :guilabel:`Location` as the *Google Workspace organization*. If you are using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as :guilabel:`No Organization`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 -msgid "Project Name and Location for Google Oauth." +msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the appropriate :guilabel:`User Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:41 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step. On the next screen, :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the :guilabel:`External` option, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally navigate to the :guilabel:`Edit app registration` page." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 +msgid "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 msgid "Edit app registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:48 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Oauth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email field." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 +msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:51 -msgid "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on :guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:53 -msgid "After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to notify the organization about any changes to your project." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 +msgid "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on :guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:56 -msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to notify the organization about any changes to your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:57 -msgid "Then, skip the :guilabel:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 +msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. Then, skip the :menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 -msgid "Next, add the email being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users` and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the :guilabel:`App registration` appears." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 +msgid "If continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:62 -msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 +msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to finish setting up the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 msgid "Create Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 -msgid "Now that you have set up the project, you need to create credentials, which includes the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. First, click on :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 +msgid "Now that the project is set up, credentials should be created, which includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:75 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Client ID` field, enter `Odoo`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:76 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button :guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1` field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with your actual Odoo database name." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button :guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1` field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual Odoo database name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Create` to generate an OAuth :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." msgstr "" @@ -2365,71 +2385,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 msgid "Enter Google Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 msgid "First, open Odoo and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:96 -msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials`. Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` into the respective fields and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 +msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or :guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:104 -msgid "After that, on the :guilabel:`General Settings` page, under :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` to configure the external Gmail account." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 +msgid "To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 -msgid "Then, :guilabel:`Create` a new email server and select the option for :guilabel:`Gmail`. Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Description` (can be anything) and the email :guilabel:`Username` and click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail account`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 +msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`New` or :guilabel:`Create` to create a new email server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication` or :guilabel:`Gmail` (under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section). Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:115 -msgid "A new window from :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in Odoo." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 +msgid "A new window labeled :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:118 -msgid "If the email address is a personal account, an extra step pops up, click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail account to Odoo." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:146 +msgid "If the email address is a personal account, then an extra step pops up, so click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail account to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:149 msgid "Then, allow Odoo to access the Google account by clicking on :guilabel:`Continue` or :guilabel:`Allow`. After that, the page navigates back to the newly configured outgoing email server in Odoo. The configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating :guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:130 -msgid "Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google using OAuth authentication." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 +msgid "Finally, :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:165 msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:140 -msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` (instead of Testing) will display the following warning message:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` (instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 msgid "To correct this warning, navigate to the `Google API Platform `_. If the :guilabel:`Publishing status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click :guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:179 msgid "No Test Users Added" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:181 msgid "If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access denied error will populate." msgstr "" @@ -2437,44 +2461,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "403 Access Denied Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:188 msgid "To correct this error, return to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` under :guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email that you are configuring in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 msgid "Gmail Module not updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:168 -msgid "If the :guilabel:`Gmail Module` in Odoo has not been updated to the latest version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:175 -msgid "To correct this error, go to the :guilabel:`Apps` module and clear out the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the :guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 +msgid "To correct this error, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` module and clear out the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the :guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:206 msgid "Application Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:182 -msgid "When creating the :guilabel:`Credentials` (OAuth Client ID and Client Secret), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:208 +msgid "When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:190 -msgid "To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:196 -msgid "Replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:215 +msgid "To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field, being sure to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:6 @@ -6002,7 +6022,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:259 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 @@ -6232,7 +6252,7 @@ msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" +msgid "Contact our upgrade service support" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 @@ -6248,72 +6268,79 @@ msgid "This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" +msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +msgid "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 -msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo's Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 -msgid "The upgrade of:" +msgid "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 -msgid "standard applications" +msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:234 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the :guilabel:`Studio` app is still active)" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 -msgid "customizations *if* they are covered by a \"Maintenance of Customizations\" subscription" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 -msgid "The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the targeted version." +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +msgid "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still active; and" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" +msgid "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 +msgid "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 -msgid "Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules `" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "Lines of code added to standard modules that are not created with Odoo Studio." +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 +msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 -msgid "`Training `_ on the latest version" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +msgid "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +msgid "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, including Odoo partners;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 +msgid "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions using Python code `; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 -msgid "You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement ` page." +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:262 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255 -msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 -msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 +msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 diff --git a/locale/sources/contributing.pot b/locale/sources/contributing.pot index dc5081355d..be6b98678e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/contributing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/contributing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -255,115 +255,115 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the command below, replace `` with the name of the GitHub account on which you created the fork(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:56 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:57 msgid "If you have access to `odoo/enterprise`, configure the related remote too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:62 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:64 msgid "Link Git with odoo-dev" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:72 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:76 msgid "That's it! You are ready to :ref:`make your first contribution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:79 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:82 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:158 msgid "Make your first contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:82 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:85 msgid "Odoo development can be challenging for beginners. We recommend you to be knowledgeable enough to code a small module before contributing. If that is not the case, take some time to go through the :doc:`developer tutorials ` to fill in the gaps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:85 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:88 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:204 msgid "Some steps of this guide require to be comfortable with Git. Here are some `tutorials `_ and an `interactive training `_ if you are stuck at some point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:89 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:92 msgid "Now that your environment is set up, you can start contributing to the codebase. In a terminal, navigate to the directory where you installed Odoo from sources and follow the guide below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:92 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:95 msgid "Choose the version of Odoo to which you want to make changes. Keep in mind that contributions targeting an :doc:`unsupported version of Odoo ` are not accepted. This guide assumes that the changes target Odoo 16.1, which corresponds to branch `saas-16.1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:96 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:99 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:216 msgid "Create a new branch starting from branch saas-16.1. Prefix the branch name with the base branch: `saas-16.1-...`. If you work at Odoo, suffix the branch name with your Odoo handle: `saas-16.1-...-xyz`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:110 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:113 msgid "`Sign the Odoo CLA `_ if not already done. Skip this step if you work at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:112 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:115 msgid "Make the desired changes to the codebase. When working on the codebase, follow these rules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:114 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:117 msgid "Keep your changes focused and specific. It is best to work on one particular feature or bug fix at a time rather than tackle multiple unrelated changes simultaneously." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:116 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:119 msgid "Respect the `stable policy `_ when working in another branch than `master`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:119 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:122 msgid "Follow the :doc:`coding guidelines `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:120 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:123 msgid "Test your changes thoroughly and :doc:`write tests ` to ensure that everything is working as expected and that there are no regressions or unintended consequences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:124 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:127 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:249 msgid "Commit your changes. Write a clear commit message as instructed in the :doc:`Git guidelines `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:132 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:135 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:257 msgid "Push your change to your fork, for which we added the remote alias `dev`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:140 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:143 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:274 msgid "Open a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` on GitHub to submit your changes for review." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:142 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:145 msgid "Go to the `compare page of the odoo/odoo codebase `_, or the `compare page of the odoo/enterprise codebase `_, depending on which codebase your changes target." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:146 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:149 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:278 msgid "Select **saas-16.1** for the base." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:147 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:150 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`compare across forks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:148 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:151 msgid "Select **/odoo** or **/enterprise** for the head repository. Replace `` with the name of the GitHub account on which you created the fork or by **odoo-dev** if you work at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:151 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:154 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:192 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:283 msgid "Review your changes and click on the :guilabel:`Create pull request` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:152 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:155 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:193 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:284 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Allow edits from maintainer` checkbox. Skip this step if you work at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:153 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:156 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:286 msgid "Complete the description and click on the :guilabel:`Create pull request` button again." msgstr "" @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As soon as your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` is ready for merging, a member of the Odoo team will be automatically assigned for review. If the reviewer has questions or remarks, they will post them as comments and you will be notified by email. Those comments must be resolved for the contribution to go forward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:157 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:160 msgid "Once your changes are approved, the review merges them and they become available for all Odoo users after the next code update!" msgstr "" @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ msgid "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial inte msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -msgid ":abbr:`GUI (Graphical User Interface)` element" +msgid ":abbr:`GUI (graphical user interface)` element" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:151 @@ -2778,7 +2778,7 @@ msgid "Show a dynamic side column that can be used to display interactive tutori msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "For example, see :doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet`." +msgid "For example, see :doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:1075 diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 8b8f244782..5ca1c0ae2b 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,8343 +20,8096 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:7 msgid "**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send them to your customers, and manage payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 msgid "**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart matching suggestions, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 -msgid "Bank and cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 -msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 -msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and click on :guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 -msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 -msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:56 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 -msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 +msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 -msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 +msgid "Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 -msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge `: Europe" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`Ponto `: Europe" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`Enable Banking `: Scandinavian countries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 +msgid "Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`transactions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:31 -msgid "On-Premise users" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 +msgid "Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has its :doc:`chart of accounts `, which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:33 -msgid "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract. We also use a proxy between your database and the third party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:39 -msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 +msgid "A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First synchronization" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:44 -msgid "You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:47 -msgid "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps to synchronize with it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:50 -msgid "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is disabled." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:54 -msgid "When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the 01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:59 -msgid "You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 +msgid "By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your **contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:64 -msgid "The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:68 -msgid "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:72 -msgid "You can find all your synchronizations by going to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 +msgid "The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:76 -msgid "Synchronize manually" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:78 -msgid "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:82 -msgid "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:214 +msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:87 -msgid "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual synchronizations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:204 +msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:93 -msgid "Issues" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 +msgid "Cash flow statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:96 -msgid "Synchronization in error" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +msgid "Tax report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:98 -msgid "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support `_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard--> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 +msgid "ES sales list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:103 -msgid "Synchronization disconnected" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:105 -msgid "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 -msgid "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please contact the `support `_ directly with your client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 +msgid "Trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 -msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:118 -msgid "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date with the latest version of Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:121 -msgid "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the new module manually to use the new functionalities." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +msgid "Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:130 -msgid "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and won't work anymore." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:131 -msgid "You can find them directly in the synchronization menu (:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new ones." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:135 -msgid "Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:137 -msgid "By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with Accounting." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:81 -msgid "FAQ" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:143 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:145 -msgid "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:153 -msgid "A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the :guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not **Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:158 -msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:160 -msgid "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community Version." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:161 -msgid "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:162 -msgid "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:165 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 +msgid "Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:167 -msgid "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks contributes to the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback from the connection." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:173 -msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation authority." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:175 -msgid "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this, the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is provided." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:180 -msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or waiting for paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:182 -msgid "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:185 -msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:187 -msgid "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, :abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:192 -msgid "There may also be no new transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions <../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:194 -msgid "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:198 -msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported on the balance sheet report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:200 -msgid "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the connection you want to update your credentials and click on the :guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:3 -msgid "Enable Banking" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting Firms mode`. When enabled:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:5 -msgid "**Enable Banking** is a third-party provider aggregating banking information from bank accounts all in one place. It offers non-intrusive connectivity to ASPSPs' official APIs across Europe without storing data." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable Banking logo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:13 -msgid "**Odoo** synchronizes directly with banks to get access to all bank transactions and automatically import them into your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when encoding a transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:18 -msgid "`Enable Banking website `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:24 -msgid "Link bank accounts with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:7 +msgid "You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date and ready for :doc:`reconciliation ` with your journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:26 -msgid "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 +msgid "In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:28 -msgid "Select your bank;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:16 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:29 -msgid "Make sure you give your consent to share your account information with Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Continue authentication`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:18 +msgid "Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:0 -msgid "Enable Banking authentication page" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:-1 +msgid "Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:36 -msgid "Finally, you are redirected to your bank's login page." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:3 -msgid "Ponto" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:5 -msgid "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 +msgid "To connect your bank account to your database, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:-1 -msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:13 -msgid "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:40 +msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:16 -msgid "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per account/integration `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:42 +msgid "If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 -msgid ":doc:`../transactions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:45 +msgid "To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it` (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:27 -msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:29 -msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:51 +msgid "A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to match your bank account information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:30 -msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:56 +msgid "Create a cash journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:31 -msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:58 +msgid "To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:61 +msgid "For more information on the accounting information fields, read the :ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:65 +msgid "A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:69 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:39 -msgid "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:71 +msgid "To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:46 -msgid "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:50 -msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:52 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:53 -msgid "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is Ponto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:55 -msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:56 -msgid "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the ones coming from other banking institutions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:64 -msgid "Finish the flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:67 -msgid "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo, but Odoo will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:71 -msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:73 -msgid "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the synchronization settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:87 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:79 -msgid "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even the ones coming from other banking institutions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:69 -msgid "Fetch new accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:71 -msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:91 -msgid "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:98 -msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:100 -msgid "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts from this institution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:103 -msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:105 -msgid "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website `_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will stop for these accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:110 -msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:112 -msgid "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:116 -msgid "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have real feedback on the connection with the institution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 -msgid "Salt Edge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 -msgid "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:-1 -msgid "Salt Edge Logo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:14 -msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:25 -msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:27 -msgid "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:29 -msgid "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:31 -msgid "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access your Salt Edge account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 -msgid "Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:40 -msgid "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to continue the synchronization process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 -msgid "Salt Edge Login page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:47 -msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 -msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:53 -msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:57 -msgid "Update your credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:59 -msgid "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the synchronization settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:61 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:77 -msgid "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able to access your information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:73 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:84 -msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 -msgid "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that Odoo won't be able to access your account anymore. The error you are seeing is probably a message telling you that the consent was revoked, but the record could not be deleted as it still exists within Salt edge. If you want to remove the connection completely, please connect to your `Salt Edge account `_ and manually delete your synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 -msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:97 -msgid "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, please check on your `dashboard `_ that you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:101 -msgid "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:79 +msgid "You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:105 -msgid "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you will normally be able to find it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an *Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:-1 +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Internal transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and one cash journal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`bank/transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:11 -msgid "An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation. If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:89 +msgid "Suspense account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to :doc:`Bank and cash accounts section ` to see how to add an additional bank account to your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:91 +msgid "Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:22 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:95 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:24 -msgid "Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the :guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:28 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:102 +msgid "Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:30 -msgid "From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the transfer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:-1 -msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:110 +msgid "Account number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:112 +msgid "If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer. The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is **automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:-1 +msgid "Edit your bank information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:46 -msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:121 +msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:139 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Account**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three options are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 -msgid "**Debit**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 -msgid "**Credit**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if you want to import your bank statement using a different format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:55 -msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:144 -msgid "$1,000" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:139 +msgid "Outstanding accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:75 -msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:141 +msgid "By default, payments are registered through transitory accounts named **outstanding accounts**, before being recorded in your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:146 -msgid "**$1,000**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:144 +msgid "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted until they are linked with a withdrawal from your bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:63 -msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 +msgid "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted until they are linked with a deposit from your bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:72 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:149 +msgid "These accounts should be of :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:80 -msgid "There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:152 +msgid "The movement from an outstanding account to a bank account is done automatically when you reconcile the bank account with a bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:-1 -msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:156 +msgid "Default accounts configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 +msgid "The outstanding accounts are defined by default. If necessary, you can update them by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and update your :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts Account` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:93 -msgid "The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by creating, :doc:`importing `, or :doc:`synchronizing ` your :guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:163 +msgid "Bank and cash journals configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:-1 -msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:165 +msgid "You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`reconciliation/use_cases`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:168 +msgid "From your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the menu selection ⋮ of the journal you want to configure, and click on :guilabel:`Configuration`, then open the :guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Payments` tab. To display the outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:105 -msgid "In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:-1 +msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:-1 -msgid "Reconcile your payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:178 +msgid "If you do not specify an outstanding payments account or an outstanding receipts account for a specific journal, Odoo uses the default outstanding accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:133 -msgid "Bank journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 +msgid "If your main bank account is added as an outstanding receipts account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:122 -msgid "Outstanding Payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:125 -msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 +msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and click on :guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:129 -msgid "The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:142 -msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/interbank.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 +msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:55 -msgid "Bank reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 -msgid "Reconciliation Models" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge `: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 -msgid "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to *reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Ponto `: Europe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 -msgid "Todo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Enable Banking `: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -msgid "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the doc will have been updated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 -msgid "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please refer to :doc:`this documentation <../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 -msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +msgid "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract. We also use a proxy between your database and the third party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 -msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 -msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:42 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 -msgid ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +msgid "You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 -msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +msgid "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 -msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 -msgid "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a different Reconciliation Model." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the 01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 -msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 -msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +msgid "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:72 +msgid "You can find all your synchronizations by going to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 -msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:76 +msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 -msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +msgid "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" -"in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:82 +msgid "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 -msgid "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then on *Reconciliation Models*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:87 +msgid "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 -msgid "Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:93 +msgid "Issues" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 -msgid "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:96 +msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 -msgid "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one, then fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:98 +msgid "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support `_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard--> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 -msgid "Type" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 -msgid "See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the different types of Reconciliation Models." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 -msgid "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional **Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a *Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 +msgid "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please contact the `support `_ directly with your client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 -msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 -msgid "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model to be applied." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:118 +msgid "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 -msgid "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-dropping the handle next to the name." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:121 +msgid "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 -msgid "Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 -msgid "Counterpart Values" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:130 +msgid "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and won't work anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 -msgid "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation Model." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid "You can find them directly in the synchronization menu (:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 -msgid "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, click on *Add a second line*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +msgid "Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 -msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:137 +msgid "By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:81 +msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:143 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:145 +msgid "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +msgid "A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the :guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not **Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or any other payment document with your bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +msgid "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +msgid "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +msgid "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 -msgid "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do is to install the accounting app." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 -msgid "Use cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +msgid "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks contributes to the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 -msgid "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros issued to Smith & Co." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +msgid "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this, the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 -msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 -msgid "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment and mark the invoice as paid." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +msgid "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 -msgid "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 -msgid "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +msgid "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 -msgid "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done automatically.**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:192 +msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +msgid "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 -msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:198 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 -msgid "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +msgid "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the connection you want to update your credentials and click on the :guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 -msgid "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents from the Bank Feeds section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:3 +msgid "Enable Banking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:5 +msgid "**Enable Banking** is a third-party provider aggregating banking information from bank accounts all in one place. It offers non-intrusive connectivity to ASPSPs' official APIs across Europe without storing data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 -msgid "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do the reconciliations **automatically**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable Banking logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:13 +msgid "**Odoo** synchronizes directly with banks to get access to all bank transactions and automatically import them into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 -msgid "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill it in :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 -msgid "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right and validate all related payments :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:18 +msgid "`Enable Banking website `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 -msgid "Setup" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:24 +msgid "Link bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:26 +msgid "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../reconciliation/use_cases>` with your journal entries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:28 +msgid "Select your bank;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 -msgid "In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:29 +msgid "Make sure you give your consent to share your account information with Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Continue authentication`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 -msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:0 +msgid "Enable Banking authentication page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 -msgid "Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:36 +msgid "Finally, you are redirected to your bank's login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 -msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 -msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:-1 +msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "To connect your bank account to your database, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the instructions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 -msgid "Create a bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:16 +msgid "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per account/integration `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank account manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 -msgid "To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it` (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:27 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features accordingly." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:29 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to match your bank account information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:30 +msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 -msgid "Create a cash journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -msgid "For more information on the accounting information fields, read the :ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 -msgid "A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 -msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:39 +msgid "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 -msgid "To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to modify." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 -msgid "You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to your needs." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:46 +msgid "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:53 +msgid "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 -msgid "Suspense account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:55 +msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 -msgid "Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:56 +msgid "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 -msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the :guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 -msgid "Currency" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo, but Odoo will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:71 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "Account number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:73 +msgid "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 -msgid "If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering payments." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:87 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Edit your bank information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:79 +msgid "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Bank feeds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:69 +msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 -msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three options are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:71 +msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 -msgid ":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:91 +msgid "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 -msgid ":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:98 +msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 -msgid ":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your bank is synchronized with your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:100 +msgid "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:103 +msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company, and reports are all based on that default currency. When you have a bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two values:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:105 +msgid "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website `_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:9 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:10 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:112 +msgid "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:12 -msgid "Currency rates are updated automatically using the web services of a banking institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services but other options are available." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:116 +msgid "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:19 -msgid "Activate multi-currencies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 +msgid "Salt Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:21 -msgid "To work with multiple currencies, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and tick :guilabel:`Multi-Currencies`. Under :guilabel:`Post Exchange difference entries in:`, provide a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 +msgid "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "Configure currencies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:-1 +msgid "Salt Edge Logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:29 -msgid "Once Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, they are all created by default, but not necessarily active. To activate the new currencies, click on :guilabel:`Activate Other Currencies` under the :guilabel:`Multi-Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Currencies`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "When the currencies are activated, you can choose to **automate** the currency rate update, or leave it on **manual**. To configure the rate update, go back to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, check :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates`, set :guilabel:`Interval` to your desired frequency, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service` you wish to obtain currency rates from." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:25 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:40 -msgid "Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next Run` field to update the currency rates manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:27 +msgid "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:44 -msgid "Create a new bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:29 +msgid "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:46 -msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create a new one. Enter a :guilabel:`Journal Name` and set the :guilabel:`Type` to `Bank`. In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, enter a **short code**, a **currency**, and then finally click on the :guilabel:`Bank Account` field to create a new account. In the pop-up window of the account creation, enter a name, a code (ex.: 550007), set its type to `Bank and Cash`, set a currency type, and save. When you are back on the **journal**, click on the :guilabel:`Account Number` field, and in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, :guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:31 +msgid "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a created bank journal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:59 -msgid "Upon creation of the journal, Odoo automatically links the bank account to the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:40 +msgid "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge Login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "To pay a bill in a foreign currency, simply select the currency next to the :guilabel:`Journal` field and register the payment. Odoo automatically creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:47 +msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "How to set a bill currency." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:74 -msgid "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:53 +msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:78 -msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:57 +msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:80 -msgid "This report gives an overview of all unrealized amounts in a foreign currency on your balance sheet, and allows you to adjust an entry or manually set an exchange rate. To access this report, go to :menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`. From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:59 +msgid "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:61 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:89 -msgid "If you wish to use a different currency rate than the one set in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the foreign currencies in the report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:77 +msgid "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:73 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:97 -msgid "When manually changing **exchange rates**, a yellow banner appears allowing you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset to Odoo's Rate`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:84 +msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 +msgid "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that Odoo won't be able to access your account anymore. The error you are seeing is probably a message telling you that the consent was revoked, but the record could not be deleted as it still exists within Salt edge. If you want to remove the connection completely, please connect to your `Salt Edge account `_ and manually delete your synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:104 -msgid "In order to update your **balance sheet** with the amount of the :guilabel:`adjustment` column, click on the :guilabel:`Adjustment Entry` button. In the pop-up window, select a :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and process the **unrealized gains and losses**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 +msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "You can set the date of the report in the :guilabel:`Date` field. Odoo automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in :guilabel:`Reversal Date`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:97 +msgid "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, please check on your `dashboard `_ that you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:112 -msgid "Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:101 +msgid "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:105 +msgid "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you will normally be able to find it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an *Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a cash register" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "Cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 msgid "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:14 msgid "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:17 msgid "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:262 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:26 msgid "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:29 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:34 msgid "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:39 msgid "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to :menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:49 msgid "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:56 msgid "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Outstanding accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "By default, payments are registered through transitory accounts named **outstanding accounts**, before being recorded in your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted until they are linked with a withdrawal from your bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:10 -msgid "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted until they are linked with a deposit from your bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:13 -msgid "These accounts should be of :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Current Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:16 -msgid "The movement from an outstanding account to a bank account is done automatically when you reconcile the bank account with a bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:23 -msgid "Default accounts configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "The outstanding accounts are defined by default. If necessary, you can update them by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and update your :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts Account` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments Account`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Bank and cash journals configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "From your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the menu selection ⋮ of the journal you want to configure, and click on :guilabel:`Configuration`, then open the :guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Payments` tab. To display the outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "If you do not specify an outstanding payments account or an outstanding receipts account for a specific journal, Odoo uses the default outstanding accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "If your main bank account is added as an outstanding receipts account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company, and reports are all based on that default currency. When you have a bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 -msgid "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in your accounting." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:9 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 -msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization ` automates the process. However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:10 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 -msgid ":ref:`Import bank transactions ` delivered by your bank;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:12 +msgid "Currency rates are updated automatically using the web services of a banking institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services but other options are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions ` manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:19 +msgid "Activate multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 -msgid ":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement ` is optional." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:21 +msgid "To work with multiple currencies, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and tick :guilabel:`Multi-Currencies`. Under :guilabel:`Post Exchange difference entries in:`, provide a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 -msgid "Import transactions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:29 +msgid "Once Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, they are all created by default, but not necessarily active. To activate the new currencies, click on :guilabel:`Activate Other Currencies` under the :guilabel:`Multi-Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Currencies`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "When the currencies are activated, you can choose to **automate** the currency rate update, or leave it on **manual**. To configure the rate update, go back to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, check :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates`, set :guilabel:`Interval` to your desired frequency, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service` you wish to obtain currency rates from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:40 +msgid "Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next Run` field to update the currency rates manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:46 +msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create a new one. Enter a :guilabel:`Journal Name` and set the :guilabel:`Type` to `Bank`. In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, enter a **short code**, a **currency**, and then finally click on the :guilabel:`Bank Account` field to create a new account. In the pop-up window of the account creation, enter a name, a code (ex.: 550007), set its type to `Bank and Cash`, set a currency type, and save. When you are back on the **journal**, click on the :guilabel:`Account Number` field, and in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, :guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:28 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a created bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:30 -msgid "To import a file, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and in the :guilabel:`Bank` journal, click on :guilabel:`Import Transactions`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:59 +msgid "Upon creation of the journal, Odoo automatically links the bank account to the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:-1 -msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "To pay a bill in a foreign currency, simply select the currency next to the :guilabel:`Journal` field and register the payment. Odoo automatically creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:38 -msgid "After setting the necessary formatting options and mapping the file columns with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and :guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "How to set a bill currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:74 +msgid "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47 -msgid "Register bank transactions manually" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:78 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:49 -msgid "You can also record your bank transactions manually. To do so, go to :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal, and then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and :guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:80 +msgid "This report gives an overview of all unrealized amounts in a foreign currency on your balance sheet, and allows you to adjust an entry or manually set an exchange rate. To access this report, go to :menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`. From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 -msgid "Statements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 -msgid "A **bank statement** is a document provided by a bank or financial institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular bank account over a specified period of time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:89 +msgid "If you wish to use a different currency rate than the one set in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the foreign currencies in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:61 -msgid "In Odoo Accounting, it is optional to group transactions by their related statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them for control purposes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:65 -msgid "If you want to compare the ending balances of your bank statements with the ending balances of your financial records, *don't forget to create an opening transaction* to record the bank account balance as of the date you begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure the accuracy of your accounting." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:97 +msgid "When manually changing **exchange rates**, a yellow banner appears allowing you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset to Odoo's Rate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:70 -msgid "To access a list of statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:75 -msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:104 +msgid "In order to update your **balance sheet** with the amount of the :guilabel:`adjustment` column, click on the :guilabel:`Adjustment Entry` button. In the pop-up window, select a :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and process the **unrealized gains and losses**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:77 -msgid "Open the bank reconciliation view by clicking on the name of the bank journal, and identify the transaction corresponding to the last transaction of your bank statement. Click on the :guilabel:`STATEMENT` button when hovering on the upper separator line." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "You can set the date of the report in the :guilabel:`Date` field. Odoo automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in :guilabel:`Reversal Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:-1 -msgid "A \"STATEMENT\" button is visible when hovering on the line separating two transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:112 +msgid "Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:84 -msgid "Fill out the statement's details and save. The newly created statement includes the previous transactions following the last statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:88 -msgid "Statement creation from the list view" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:55 +msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:90 -msgid "Open the list of transactions by clicking on the name of the bank journal and switching to the list view. Select all the transactions corresponding to the bank statement, and, in the :guilabel:`Statement` column, select an existing statement or create a new one by typing its reference, clicking on :guilabel:`Create and edit...`, filling out the statement's details, and saving." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "Getting started" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +msgid "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 -msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss, which is an analysis over a period)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:18 -msgid "**Assets** represent the company's wealth and the goods it owns. Fixed assets include buildings and offices, while current assets include bank accounts and cash. The money owed by a client is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:24 -msgid "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers). Liabilities could also be defined as a source of financing which is provided to the company, also called *leverage*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +msgid "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:30 -msgid "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners of the company (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses). Each year, net profits (or losses) may be reported as retained earnings or distributed to the shareholders (as a dividend)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 +msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:34 -msgid "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse (liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 -msgid "A difference is made between **assets** and **expenses**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +msgid "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "An **asset** is a resource with economic value that an individual, corporation, or country owns or controls with the expectation that it will provide a future benefit. Assets are reported on a company's balance sheet. They are bought or created to increase a firm's value or benefit its operations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 +msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 -msgid "An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate revenues." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +msgid "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:48 -msgid "The **profit and loss** (P&L) report shows the company's performance over a specific period of time, usually a quarter or a fiscal year." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +msgid "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:53 -msgid "The **revenue** refers to the money earned by the company by selling goods and/or services." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 +msgid "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "The **cost of goods sold** (COGS, or also known as \"Cost of Sale\") refers to the sale of goods' costs (e.g., the cost of the materials and labor used to create the goods)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +msgid "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done automatically.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:62 -msgid "The **Gross profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods sold." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:66 -msgid "**Operating expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries, rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, and anything beyond the costs of products sold or the cost of sale." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:76 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +msgid "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 -msgid "Chart of accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:81 -msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the company's accounts: both Balance sheet accounts and P&L accounts. Every transaction is recorded by debiting and crediting multiple accounts in a journal entry. In a way, a chart of accounts is like a company's DNA!" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:85 -msgid "Every account listed in the chart of accounts belongs to a specific category. In Odoo, each account has a unique code and belongs to one of these categories:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +msgid "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:92 -msgid "**Equity and subordinated debts**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:89 -msgid "**Equity** is the amount of money invested by a company's shareholders to finance the company's activities." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +msgid "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:91 -msgid "**Subordinated debts** are the amount of money lent by a third party to a company to finance its activities. In the event of the dissolution of a company, these third parties are reimbursed before the shareholders." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +msgid "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:94 -msgid "**Fixed assets** are tangible (i.e., physical) items or properties that a company purchases and uses to produce its goods and services. Fixed assets are long-term assets. This means the assets have a useful life of more than one year. They also include properties, plants, and equipments (also known as \"PP&E\") and are recorded on the balance sheet with that classification." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 -msgid "**Current assets and liabilities**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "The **current assets** account is a balance sheet line item listed under the Assets section, which accounts for all company-owned assets that can be converted to cash within one year. Current assets include cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, stock inventory, marketable securities, prepaid liabilities, and other liquid assets." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to *reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 -msgid "**Current liabilities** are a company's short-term financial obligations due within one year. An example of a current liability is money owed to suppliers in the form of accounts payable." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:68 +msgid "Todo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 -msgid "**Bank and cash accounts**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +msgid "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:106 -msgid "A **bank account** is a financial account maintained by a bank or other financial institution in which the financial transactions between the bank and a customer are recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please refer to :doc:`this documentation <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 -msgid "A **cash account**, or cash book, may refer to a ledger in which all cash transactions are recorded. The cash account includes both the cash receipts and the cash payment journals." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:115 -msgid "**Expenses and income**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate revenues. It is simply defined as the cost one is required to spend on obtaining something. Common expenses include supplier payments, employee wages, factory leases, and equipment depreciation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:114 -msgid "The term \"**income**\" generally refers to the amount of money, property, and other transfers of value received over a set period of time in exchange for services or products." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "Example" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "\\*: Customer Refund and Customer Payment boxes cannot be simultaneously selected as they are contradictory." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:126 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 -msgid "Journal entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:135 -msgid "Every financial document of the company (e.g., an invoice, a bank statement, a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, impacting several accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "For a journal entry to be balanced, the sum of all its debits must be equal to the sum of all its credits." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:143 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. (see entries.js)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -msgid "Reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 -msgid ":doc:`Reconciliation <../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` is the process of linking journal items of a specific account and matching credits and debits." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:153 -msgid "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices to mark them as paid. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the accounts receivable account and/or the accounts payable account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" +"in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:156 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:158 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 +msgid "Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:159 -msgid "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank matching process" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one, then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:56 +msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 -msgid "Debit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Credit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional **Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a *Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "Invoice 1" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:103 -msgid "100" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 -msgid "Partial payment 1/2" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 -msgid "70" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 +msgid "Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 -msgid "Invoice 2" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "65" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "Partial payment 2/2" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "30" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:-1 +msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "Payment 2" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`reconciliation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 -msgid "Invoice 3" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "50" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "Total to pay" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 +msgid "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization ` automates the process. However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -msgid "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank transactions ` delivered by your bank;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:194 -msgid "**matched with a previously recorded payment**: a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions ` manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:196 -msgid "**recorded as a new payment**: the payment's journal entry is created and reconciled with the related invoice when processing the bank statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 +msgid ":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement ` is optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:198 -msgid "**recorded as another transaction**: bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 +msgid "Import transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:200 -msgid "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions; only a few should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's balance." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:207 -msgid "Checks Handling" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:209 -msgid "There are two approaches to managing checks and internal wire transfers:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:211 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:212 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:28 +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:30 +msgid "To import a file, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and in the :guilabel:`Bank` journal, click on :guilabel:`Import Transactions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "Account Receivable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:-1 +msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -msgid "Invoice ABC" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 +msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 -msgid "Undeposited funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:38 +msgid "After setting the necessary formatting options and mapping the file columns with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and :guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 -msgid "Check 0123" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "Bank" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank transactions manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:241 -msgid "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing journal entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:49 +msgid "You can also record your bank transactions manually. To do so, go to :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal, and then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and :guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -msgid "Bank Statement" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 +msgid "Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -msgid "Statement XYZ" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 +msgid "A **bank statement** is a document provided by a bank or financial institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular bank account over a specified period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "Initial configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:61 +msgid "In Odoo Accounting, it is optional to group transactions by their related statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them for control purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:65 +msgid "If you want to compare the ending balances of your bank statements with the ending balances of your financial records, *don't forget to create an opening transaction* to record the bank account balance as of the date you begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure the accuracy of your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:70 +msgid "To access a list of statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:75 +msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Assets" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:77 +msgid "Open the bank reconciliation view by clicking on the name of the bank journal, and identify the transaction corresponding to the last transaction of your bank statement. Click on the :guilabel:`STATEMENT` button when hovering on the upper separator line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Liabilities" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:-1 +msgid "A \"STATEMENT\" button is visible when hovering on the line separating two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 -msgid "Equity" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:84 +msgid "Fill out the statement's details and save. The newly created statement includes the previous transactions following the last statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -msgid "Profit & Loss:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:88 +msgid "Statement creation from the list view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -msgid "Income" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:90 +msgid "Open the list of transactions by clicking on the name of the bank journal and switching to the list view. Select all the transactions corresponding to the bank statement, and, in the :guilabel:`Statement` column, select an existing statement or create a new one by typing its reference, clicking on :guilabel:`Create and edit...`, filling out the statement's details, and saving." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 -msgid "Expense" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 -msgid "When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:8 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:17 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it directly or set it according to your company's needs." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:19 +msgid "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 -msgid "It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a journal entry has been posted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:26 +msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:177 +msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and name" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:37 +msgid "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also indicates the account's purpose." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:41 +msgid "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 -msgid "Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple purposes:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:47 +msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:49 +msgid "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. While these invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:52 +msgid "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:58 -msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:55 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 -msgid "Generate opening entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:57 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 -msgid "To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down selector and select the right type among the following list:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:58 +msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:59 +msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Category" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:60 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Account Types" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:61 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 -msgid "Balance Sheet" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:67 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Receivable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:69 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 -msgid "Bank and Cash" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:70 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 -msgid "Current Assets" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:71 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 -msgid "Non-current Assets" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:74 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Prepayments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:76 +msgid "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Fixed Assets" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:80 +msgid "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:83 +msgid "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Card" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:88 +msgid "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 -msgid "Current Liabilities" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:96 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:98 +msgid "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:103 +msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:20 -msgid "Profit & Loss" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:139 +msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -msgid "Other Income" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 -msgid "Depreciation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Cost of Revenue" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 -msgid "Other" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 -msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:58 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 -msgid "Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of :ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses ` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues ` entries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +msgid "115" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:51 +msgid "Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 -msgid ":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the corresponding form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "15" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 -msgid ":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately validated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 -msgid "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen for a product sale or purchase." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:58 -msgid "Tags" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:119 +msgid "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 -msgid "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts. By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow Statement*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:124 +msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 -msgid "Account groups" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 +msgid "Bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 -msgid "**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the group `131000`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "Create account groups manually" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:138 +msgid "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 -msgid "Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:142 +msgid "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 -msgid "To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 +msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Account groups creation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:150 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 -msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the :guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:154 +msgid "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:156 +msgid "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 -msgid "Allow reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:164 +msgid "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 -msgid "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as :guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing reconciliation**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:172 +msgid "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -msgid "To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's settings, and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:176 +msgid "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 -msgid "Deprecated" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:184 +msgid "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 -msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:192 +msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 -msgid "To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:194 +msgid "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 -msgid ":doc:`../cheat_sheet`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:198 +msgid "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 +msgid "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 +msgid "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:223 +msgid "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`../../../fiscal_localizations`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "**Cash discounts** are reductions in the amount a customer must pay for goods or services offered as an incentive for paying their invoice promptly. These discounts are typically a percentage of the total invoice amount and are applied if the customer pays within a specified time. Cash discounts can help the company maintain a steady cash flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:5 -msgid "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:11 +msgid "You issue a €100 invoice on the 1st of January. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you within seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:9 -msgid "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes are ready-to-go. :ref:`Click here ` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 +msgid "A :ref:`tax reduction ` can also be applied depending on the country or region." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "To grant cash discounts to customers, you must first set up the :ref:`type of tax reduction `, verify the :ref:`gain and loss accounts `, and configure new :ref:`payment terms `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:21 -msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 +msgid "Tax reductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:-1 -msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 +msgid "Depending on the country or region, the base amount used to compute the tax can vary, which can lead to a **tax reduction**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:27 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:38 +msgid "To configure how the tax reduction is applied, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, in the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Tax Reduction` feature, select one of the three following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:63 +msgid "Always (upon invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 +msgid "The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the discounted amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 +msgid "On early payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:139 -msgid "Company Data" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:47 +msgid "The tax is reduced only if the customer pays early. The base amount used to compute the tax is the same as the sale: if the customer benefits from the reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means that, depending on the customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 +msgid "Never" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:-1 -msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:52 +msgid "The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the full amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:46 -msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update Info**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 +msgid "You issue a €100 invoice (tax-excluded) on the 1st of January, with a 21% tax rate. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you within seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Bank Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "Due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:99 +msgid "Total amount due" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:58 -msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this feature." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:100 +msgid "Computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:60 -msgid "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +msgid "8th of January" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:64 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:87 +msgid "€118.58" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:88 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €98))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:104 +msgid "31st of January" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "€120.58" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:70 -msgid "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:76 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €98))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:75 -msgid "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank Account*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:105 +msgid "€121.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information about Bank Accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:106 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €100))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:83 -msgid "Accounting Periods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:102 +msgid "€119.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:85 -msgid "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:103 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €100))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +msgid ":ref:`Tax grids `, which are used for the tax report, are correctly computed according to the :ref:`type of tax reduction ` you configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:93 -msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:112 +msgid "The **type of cash discount tax reduction** may be correctly pre-configured, depending on your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:99 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 +msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and indicate their initial opening balances." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 +msgid "With a cash discount, the amount you earn depends on whether the customer benefits from the cash discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and losses, which are recorded on default accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:104 -msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double arrow button* at the end of the line." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:123 +msgid "To modify these accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section, select the accounts you want to use for the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Gain account` and :guilabel:`Cash Discount Loss account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:-1 -msgid "Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to configure your Chart of Accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:132 +msgid "Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms `. Configure them to your liking by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out the fields :guilabel:`Discount %` and :guilabel:`Discount Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" +"reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:118 -msgid "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app rather than the Accounting app." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:122 -msgid "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:147 +msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:125 -msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:149 +msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice by selecting the :ref:`payment terms you created `. Odoo automatically computes the correct amounts, tax amounts, due dates, and accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:-1 -msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:153 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab, you can display the discount details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the :guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:131 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" +"is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:132 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:161 +msgid "The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:133 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: \"30 Days,\n" +"2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:134 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 +msgid "Payment reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:141 -msgid "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting onboarding banner `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:171 +msgid "When you record a payment or reconcile your bank statements, Odoo takes the customer payment's date into account to define if they can benefit from the cash discount or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:147 -msgid "Invoice Layout" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:175 +msgid "If your customer pays the discount amount *after* the discount date, you can always decide whether to mark the invoice as fully paid with a write-off or as partially paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:149 -msgid "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to use." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`../payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:152 -msgid "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ *footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:-1 -msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:162 -msgid "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:167 -msgid "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:173 -msgid "Payment Method" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:175 -msgid "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers can pay you." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:178 -msgid "Configuring a *Payment Provider* with this tool also activates the *Invoice Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay online, from their Customer Portal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:184 -msgid "Sample Invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +msgid "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:186 -msgid "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:190 -msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +msgid "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the *Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:191 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit notes and refunds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:5 +msgid "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 -msgid "Main accounting concepts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:6 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:15 +msgid "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you need to send money back to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:20 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:23 +msgid "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the Invoice’s form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:27 -msgid "Multi-companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:28 +msgid "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the invoices they are related to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:33 -msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:37 -msgid "Multi-currencies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 +msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:39 -msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 +msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:45 -msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:70 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:49 -msgid "International Standards" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 +msgid "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:57 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:51 +msgid "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to modify any detail on the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:59 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as *Paid*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:63 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:60 +msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the original invoice with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:66 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:69 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:72 +msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the same details from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:71 -msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:76 +msgid "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:76 -msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:79 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:81 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:81 +msgid "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ credit notes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:83 -msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +msgid "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on *Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:87 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:94 +msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:88 -msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:91 +msgid "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:90 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:94 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:91 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:99 +msgid "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the original invoice above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:92 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:94 -msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:98 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:100 -msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:108 -msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:114 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +msgid "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:121 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:123 -msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:132 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:134 -msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview.rst:5 -msgid "Process overview" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so efficiently and accurately." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +msgid "Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:177 -msgid "Invoice creation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice directly if you would like." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely and precise manner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. While these invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any tax information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a defined, and modifiable, sequence." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:51 -msgid "Taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +msgid "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "15" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:265 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -msgid "Sales" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have entered the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to your accounting localisation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see: `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile them to pay this invoice. \"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Electronic invoicing (:abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "EDI, or electronic data interchange, is the inter-company communication of business documents, such as purchase orders and invoices, in a standard format. Sending documents according to an EDI standard ensures that the machine receiving the message can interpret the information correctly. Various EDI file formats exist and are available depending on your company's country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "EDI feature enables automating the administration between companies and might also be required by some governments for fiscal control or to facilitate the administration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it faster." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Electronic invoicing of your documents such as customer invoices, credit notes or vendor bills is one of the application of EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo supports, among others, the following formats." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "Format Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:22 +msgid "Applicability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your collection efforts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 +msgid "Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues and Expenses.\"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:26 +msgid "For companies whose countries are part of the `EAS list `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "E-FFF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity at a specific moment in time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:29 +msgid "For Belgian companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the material has been shipped to the customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:30 +msgid "XRechnung (UBL)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -msgid "From vendor bill to payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "For German companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, we can register vendor bills **manually** or **automatically**, while the **Aged Payable report** provides an overview of all outstanding bills to help us pay the correct amounts on time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:32 +msgid "Fattura PA (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "Tutorial `Registering a vendor bill `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:33 +msgid "For Italian companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:34 +msgid "CFDI (4.0)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:14 -msgid "Bill creation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:35 +msgid "For Mexican companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 -msgid "Manually" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:36 +msgid "Peru UBL 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:19 -msgid "Create a vendor bill manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:37 +msgid "For Peruvian companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:23 -msgid "Automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:38 +msgid "SII IVA Llevanza de libros registro (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:25 -msgid "Vendor bills can be automatically created by **sending an email** to an :ref:`email alias ` associated with the purchase journal, or by **uploading a PDF** in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and then clicking :guilabel:`Upload`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:39 +msgid "For Spanish companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:30 -msgid "Bill completion" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:40 +msgid "UBL 2.1 (Columbia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:32 -msgid "Whether the bill is created manually or automatically, make sure the following fields are appropriately completed:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:41 +msgid "For Colombian companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Odoo automatically fills some information based on the vendor's registered information, previous purchase orders, or bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "Egyptian Tax Authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: add the sales order reference provided by the vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching ` when you receive the products." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:43 +msgid "For Egyptian companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:39 -msgid ":guilabel:`Auto-Complete`: select a past bill/purchase order to automatically complete the document. The :guilabel:`Vendor` field should be completed prior to completing this field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:44 +msgid "E-Invoice (IN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: is the issuance date of the document." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:45 +msgid "For Indian companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: is the date on which the document is registered in your accounting." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "NLCIUS (Netherlands)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:43 -msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Reference`: when registering the payment, it is automatically indicated in the :guilabel:`Memo` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:47 +msgid "For Dutch companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:45 -msgid ":guilabel:`Recipient Bank`: to indicate to which account number the payment has to be made." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:48 +msgid "EHF 3.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:46 -msgid ":guilabel:`Due Date` or :guilabel:`Terms` to pay the bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:49 +msgid "For Norwegian companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:47 -msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: select in which journal the bill should be recorded and the :doc:`Currency <../../others/multi_currency>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:50 +msgid "SG BIS Billing 3.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:-1 -msgid "filling the vendor bill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:51 +msgid "For Singaporean companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "Bills can be :doc:`digitized <../../payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization>` for automatic completion by clicking :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 +msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:56 -msgid "If you upload the bill, the PDF document is displayed on the right of the screen, allowing you to easily fill in the bill information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "For Australian/New Zealand companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:60 -msgid "Bill confirmation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:56 +msgid ":ref:`fiscal_localizations/packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:62 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` when the document is completed. The status of your document changes to :guilabel:`Posted` and a journal entry is generated based on the configuration on the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:63 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> Electronic Invoicing` and enable the formats you need for this journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "Once confirmed, it is no longer possible to update it. Click :guilabel:`Reset to draft` if changes are required." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Select the EDI format you need" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "Bill Payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "Once an electronic invoicing format is enabled, XML documents are generated when clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm` in documents such as invoices, credit notes, etc. These documents are either visible in the attachment section, or embedded in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "Upon payment of the vendor bill, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`. A new window pops up." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +msgid "For E-FFF, the xml file only appears after having generated the PDF (:guilabel:`Print` or :guilabel:`Send & Print` button), since the PDF needs to be embedded inside the xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:74 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Journal`, the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, the :guilabel:`Amount` you wish to pay (full or partial payment), and the :guilabel:`Currency`. Odoo fills the :guilabel:`Memo` field automatically if the :guilabel:`Payment Reference` has been set correctly in the vendor bill. If the field is empty, we recommend you select the vendor invoice number as a reference." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:77 +msgid "Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option :guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "Once confirmed, an :guilabel:`In Payment` banner appears on the bill until it is :doc:`reconciled <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 +msgid "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's :guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:83 -msgid "Aged payable report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 +msgid "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:85 -msgid "To get an overview of your open vendor bills and their related due dates, you can use the **Aged Payable report**. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged payable`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "EPC QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:89 -msgid "Click on a vendor's name to open up the details of all outstanding bills, the amounts due, the due dates, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 +msgid "European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:93 -msgid "By clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button, you can export the information available on the screen as a PDF or XLSX file and save it in the folder of your choice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 +msgid "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:95 -msgid "You might receive several bills for the same purchase order if your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 +msgid "This feature is only available for companies in several European countries such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 -msgid "Others" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:5 -msgid "Adviser" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "Financial budget" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:5 -msgid "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help people become more intentional with how money is spent and direct people to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allow the planning of a desired financial outcome and then measure the actual performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both **general** and **analytic accounts**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Analytics section`, and enable :guilabel:`Budget Management`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:17 -msgid "Budgetary positions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and :guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:19 -msgid "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets (typically expense or income accounts)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:22 -msgid "To define budgetary positions, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Budgetary Positions` and :guilabel:`New`. Add a :guilabel:`Name` to your budgetary position and select the :guilabel:`Company` it applies to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add one or more accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:28 -msgid "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the chart of accounts, though it must have at least one." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and pay the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:32 -msgid "Use case" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 -msgid "Let’s illustrate this with an example." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 +msgid "Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:36 -msgid "We just started a project with *Smith & Co*, and we would like to budget the income and expenses of that project. We plan on having a revenue of 1000, and we don’t want to spend more than 700." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment. Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:39 -msgid "First, we need to define what accounts relate to our project’s expenses. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Budgetary positions`, and click :guilabel:`New` to add a position. Add the accounts wherein expenses will be booked." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 +msgid "When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:-1 -msgid "display the Smith and Co expenses" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:47 -msgid "Let's repeat the steps to create a budgetary position that reflects the revenue." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 +msgid "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:-1 -msgid "display the Smith and Co revenue" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing processes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:54 -msgid "Analytical accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 -msgid "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget, as the above general accounts may be used for different projects. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Accounts` and click :guilabel:`New` to add a new **Analytic Account** called *Smith & Co*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:61 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Plan` field has to be completed. Plans group multiple analytic accounts; they distribute costs and benefits to analyze business performance. **Analytic Plans** can be created or configured by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Plans`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:66 -msgid "When creating a new customer invoice and/or vendor bill, you have to refer to this analytic account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:-1 -msgid "add analytic accounts in a new invoice or bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:73 -msgid "Define the budget" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:75 -msgid "Let’s set our targets. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this project, and we would like not to spend more than 700. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new budget for *Smith & Co* project." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 -msgid "First, fill in your :guilabel:`Budget Name`. Then, select the :guilabel:`Period` wherein the budget is applicable. Next, add the :guilabel:`Budgetary Position` you want to track, define the related :guilabel:`Analytic Account`, and add the :guilabel:`Planned Amount`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:-1 -msgid "budget lines display" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "When recording a planned amount related to expenses, the amount must be negative." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 -msgid "Check your budget" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:93 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and find the *Smith & Co* Project to see how it evolves according to the expenses or income for the related analytic account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:96 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Practical Amount` evolves when a new journal entry related to your analytic account and an account from your budgetary position is created." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:99 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Theoretical Amount` represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spent or should have received based on the date. For example, suppose your budget is 1200 for 12 months (January to December), and today is 31 of January. In that case, the theoretical amount will be 100 since this is the actual amount that could have been made." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:5 -msgid "Analytic accounting helps you track costs and revenues, as well as analyze the profitability of a project or service. When creating your journal entries, the analytic widget allows the distribution of costs in one or more analytic accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:12 -msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` feature by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Analytics`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:16 -msgid "Analytic accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:18 -msgid "The analytic accounts give an overview of your costs and revenue." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:20 -msgid "Access your existing analytic accounts by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Accounts`. To create a new analytic account, click :guilabel:`New`, and fill in the required information:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: add the name of your analytic account;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:25 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: select the customer related to your project;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:26 -msgid ":guilabel:`Reference`: add a reference to make it easier to find the account when you are on your bill;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:28 -msgid ":guilabel:`Plan`: add an :ref:`analytic plan `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:29 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if you are managing multiple companies, select the company for which the analytic account will be used;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:31 -msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency of the analytic account;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices. This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:33 -msgid "Then, fill in your :doc:`budget ` information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:38 -msgid "Analytic plans" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:40 -msgid "The analytic plans allow you to analyze your accounting. For example, to track costs and revenues by project or department." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:43 -msgid "You can access the analytic plans by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Plans`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:-1 -msgid "create an analytic plan" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:50 -msgid "The following information must be completed:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:52 -msgid ":guilabel:`Parent`: link your plan to another :guilabel:`Analytic Plan` to build a hierarchy between your plans;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:54 -msgid ":guilabel:`Default Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the widget when creating a new journal entry:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:57 -msgid ":guilabel:`Optional`: if selected, it is not mandatory to add the analytic plan in the widget;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`: if selected, an orange bullet is visible in the widget next to the plan until the analytic distribution is done (the bullet then turns to green); it is not possible to confirm the entry if no analytic account is selected;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:61 -msgid ":guilabel:`Unavailable`: if selected, the plan is not available in the widget." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:63 -msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select the color of the tag related to this specific plan;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:64 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: add the company to which the plan applies;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:66 -msgid "You can also fine-tune your plans' applicability by filling in the :guilabel:`Applicability` tab:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Domain`: choose to which accounting document your plan applies;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Financial Accounts Prefix`: select the prefix of the account(s) to which this plan should be applied;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:71 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: decide to which product category the plan applies;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:73 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the widget when creating a new journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:73 -msgid "entry. The applicability you set here always overrides the default applicability." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 +msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:75 -msgid "Two smart buttons are available in the top-right corner:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 +msgid "It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:77 -msgid ":guilabel:`Subplans`: can be created to have a more complex analytic structure. Click the :guilabel:`Subplans` smart button, and then :guilabel:`New` to add a subplan;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 +msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:79 -msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Accounts`: to reach the analytic accounts related to the plan." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 +msgid "The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:82 -msgid "The analytic widget is prefilled based on the applicability, and the :ref:`Analytic Distribution Models `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 +msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:84 -msgid "Each analytic plan must have at least one analytic account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 +msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:87 -msgid "Analytic distribution" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 +msgid "It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:89 -msgid "Add a plan in the :guilabel:`Analytic` column when creating an invoice or bill. This field is mandatory only if you previously linked your analytic plan to at least one analytic account. After adding the plan, a **widget** opens where you can fill in the different information. You can add **tags** to reflect the related analytic accounts and decide how to split the costs between the accounts by modifying the percentage." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:-1 -msgid "create a distribution template" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 +msgid "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding traditional paper invoices into invoices forms in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:102 -msgid "Analytic distribution models" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:157 +msgid "Odoo uses OCR and artificial intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated based on scanned invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:104 -msgid "The analytic distribution models automatically apply a specific distribution based on defined criteria." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:107 -msgid "To create a new analytic distribution model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Distribution Models`, click :guilabel:`New` and set the conditions your model has to meet to automatically apply:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment terms and installment plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:111 -msgid ":guilabel:`Accounts Prefix`: this analytic distribution will apply to all financial accounts sharing the prefix specified;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:113 -msgid ":guilabel:`Partner`: select a partner for which the analytic distribution will be used;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:114 -msgid ":guilabel:`Partner Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Partner Category` box. Add the partner category for which the analytic distribution will be used;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:117 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: select a product for which the analytic distribution will be used;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:118 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Product Category` box. Select a product category for which the analytic distribution will be used;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:121 -msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic`: add the analytic accounts and their distribution;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:122 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select a company for which the analytic distribution will be used;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 +msgid "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: if the above conditions are met, the :guilabel:`Analytic plan` defined in this field as well as the distribution to be applied between the different analytic accounts is selected automatically on the entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic_accounting.rst:128 -msgid "To **mass edit** several entries simultaneously, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Journal items`, and select the ones that need to be updated. Add the required distribution in the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` column, and click on the :guilabel:`floppy disk` icon to save. The analytic distribution template pops up, and you can save it for later use." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* `__, one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the average cost." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to standard of FIFO)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following formula:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed as:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 +msgid "Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:48 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document (sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +msgid "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and *Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:59 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 -msgid "0" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following\n" +"month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:71 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:73 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the *Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "12" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:84 +msgid "You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already defined, empty the field so you can select a date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:87 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:99 +msgid "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes logically the purchase price." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:-1 +msgid "The amount debited on the Account Receivable is split into two Journal Items with distinct\n" +"Due Dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost. Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +msgid "Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price of these products!)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "February 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "300" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 -msgid "1" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 +msgid "March 31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 +msgid "700" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule, you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:117 +msgid "Product Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you purchased it). Here is the operation:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:140 +msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 +msgid "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct *Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:7 +msgid "Sending direct mail can be an effective strategy for grabbing people's attention, especially when their email inboxes are overflowing. With Odoo, you have the ability to send invoices and follow-up reports through postal mail worldwide, all from within your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer invoices` section to activate :guilabel:`Snailmail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:17 +msgid "To make it a by-default feature, select :guilabel:`Send by Post` in the :guilabel:`Default Sending Options` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average cost:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:-1 +msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:25 +msgid "Send invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a correct inventory value at all times." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:27 +msgid "Open your invoice, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` and select :guilabel:`Send by Post`. Make sure your customer’s address is set correctly, including the country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:31 +msgid "Your document must respect the following rules to pass the validation before being sent:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:33 +msgid "Margins must be **5 mm** on all sides. As Odoo forces the outer margins by filling them with white before sending the snailmail, it can results in the user's custom being cut off if it protrudes into the margins. To check the margins, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Technical --> Reporting section: Paper Format`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase price:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:38 +msgid "A square of **15mm by 15mm** on the bottom left corner has to stay clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:39 +msgid "The postage area has to stay clear (click :download:`here ` to get more info about the area)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:41 +msgid "Pingen (Odoo Snailmail service provider) scans the area to process the address, so if something gets written outside the area, it is not counted as part of the address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 +msgid "Pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 +msgid "Snailmail is an :doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase` service that requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:50 +msgid "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer invoices: Snailmail`, click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases: Odoo IAP`, and click on :guilabel:`View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:94 +msgid "If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:57 +msgid "Click `here `_ to know about our *Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:7 +msgid "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account located on the product category is used to book the difference between the average cost and the original purchase price." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes are ready-to-go. :ref:`Click here ` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-currency system" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo allows you to issue invoices, receive bills, and record transactions in currencies other than the main currency configured for your company. You can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency activities." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`../bank/setup/foreign_currency`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:20 -msgid "Main currency" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:22 -msgid "The **main currency** is defined by default according to the company's country. You can change it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and changing the currency in the :guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:29 -msgid "Enable foreign currencies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:31 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, and enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:137 +msgid "Company Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:41 -msgid "Currency rates" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:44 -msgid "Manual update" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:46 -msgid "To manually create and set a currency rate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, click on the currency you wish to change the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to create a new rate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:55 -msgid "Automatic update" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:57 -msgid "When you activate a second currency for the first time, :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates` appears under :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. By default, you have to click on the **Update now** button (:guilabel:`🗘`) to update the rates." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:58 +msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:61 -msgid "Odoo can update the rates at regular intervals. To do so, change the :guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Monthly`. You can also select the web service from which you want to retrieve the latest currency rates by clicking on the :guilabel:`Service` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:60 +msgid "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:69 -msgid "Exchange difference entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo automatically records exchange differences entries on dedicated accounts, in a dedicated journal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:74 -msgid "You can define which journal and accounts to use to **post exchange difference entries** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and editing the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Gain Account`, and :guilabel:`Loss Account`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:79 -msgid "If you receive a payment for a customer invoice one month after it was issued, the exchange rate has likely changed since. Therefore, this fluctuation implies some profit or loss due to the exchange difference, which Odoo automatically records in the default **Exchange Difference** journal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:89 -msgid "Each account can have a set currency. By doing so, all moves relevant to the account are forced to have that account's currency." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:70 +msgid "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:92 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Charts of Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:249 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 -msgid "Journals" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:101 -msgid "If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles transactions in that currency." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:83 +msgid "Accounting Periods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:103 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Currency`. If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:114 -msgid "Multi-currency accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:93 +msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:119 -msgid "Invoices, bills, and other documents" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:99 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:121 -msgid "For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the transaction." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:101 +msgid "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:104 +msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:130 -msgid "Payment registration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +msgid "Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:132 -msgid "To register a payment in a currency other than your company's main currency, click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` payment button of your document and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:115 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:143 -msgid "Bank statements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:117 +msgid "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:145 -msgid "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company's main currency. To see additional fields related to foreign currencies, click on the **columns dropdown button** (:guilabel:`⋮`) next to :guilabel:`Amount`, and check :guilabel:`Amount Currency` and :guilabel:`Foreign Currency`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:121 +msgid "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:124 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:154 -msgid "When reconciling, Odoo displays both the foreign currency amount and the equivalent amount in your company's main currency." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:160 -msgid "Exchange rate journal entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:129 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:162 -msgid "To see **exchange difference journal entries**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: Miscellaneous`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:130 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:-1 -msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:131 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:5 -msgid "Account payables" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:5 -msgid "Miscellaneous" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:139 +msgid "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting onboarding banner `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 +msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and **follow-ups**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:147 +msgid "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:150 +msgid "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ *footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "In order to track vendor conditions, we use **Payment Terms** in Odoo. They allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** are:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:-1 +msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:13 -msgid "50% within 30 days" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:159 +msgid "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "50% within 45 days" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:164 +msgid "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "To create them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms or click existing ones to modify them." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:172 +msgid "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:23 -msgid "Once **Payment Terms** are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by default. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Vendors --> Vendors`, select a vendor, click the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select a specific **Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:175 +msgid "Configuring a *Payment Provider* with this tool also activates the *Invoice Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:29 -msgid "If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one on the vendor bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:181 +msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:183 +msgid "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:34 -msgid "To track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the **Aged Payable** report. To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged Payable`. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to pay within the following months." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "Select bills to pay" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:43 -msgid "You can get a list of all your vendor bills by going to :menuselection:`Vendors --> Bills`. To view only the bills that you need to pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:189 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:47 -msgid "You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:190 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:5 -msgid "Vendor payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory average price valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by checks" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "As stated in the :doc:`inventory valuation page `, one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. You can then print all the payments registered by check. Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with actual bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:13 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:15 -msgid "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the :guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:21 -msgid "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` module is required to print U.S. checks." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:26 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 -msgid "United States" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:33 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:34 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:35 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:38 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:42 -msgid "registering a payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 -msgid "reconciling bank statements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 -msgid "Register a payment by check" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is validated, you can register a payment. Set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 -msgid "Print checks" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 -msgid "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on :guilabel:`Checks to print` you have got the possibility to print the reconciled checks." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 -msgid "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and click on :guilabel:`Print`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, facilitating the reconciliation process." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or :menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:-1 -msgid "Register payment button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining **all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the :guilabel:`Group Payments` box." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or more bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according to your needs." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page `. Make sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms ` to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost. Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European Union to simplify bank transfers denominated in euros. SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire transfers." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:9 -msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 27 EU member states, as well as:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:11 -msgid "EFTA countries:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "Iceland;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:14 -msgid "Liechtenstein;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:15 -msgid "Norway;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule, you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:16 -msgid "Switzerland." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 -msgid "Non-EEA SEPA countries:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 -msgid "Andorra;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:21 -msgid "Monaco;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:22 -msgid "San Marino;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:23 -msgid "United Kingdom;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 -msgid "Vatican City State." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -msgid "Non-EEA territories:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:28 -msgid "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Guernsey;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -msgid "Jersey;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 -msgid "Isle of Man." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 -msgid "When paying a bill in Odoo, you can select SEPA mandates as a payment option. At the day's end, you can generate the SEPA file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 -msgid "By default, the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** specifications. This is a well-defined standard among banks. However, for Swiss and German companies, other formats are used **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 -msgid "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the account statement in Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 -msgid "Activate SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:50 -msgid "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must activate the **SEPA Credit Transfer** setting. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Vendor Payments: SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)`. By activating the setting and filling out your company data, you will be able to use the SCT option when paying your vendor." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 -msgid "According to the localization package installed, the **SEPA Direct Debit** and **SEPA Credit Transfer** modules may be installed by default. If not, they need to be :doc:`installed <../../../../general/apps_modules>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:61 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:63 -msgid "From the accounting dashboard, click on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your bank journal and select :guilabel:`Configuration`. Click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab, and, if not already present, add :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` under :guilabel:`Payment Method`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account numbers do not work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 -msgid "Registering payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:73 -msgid "You can register and vendor payments made with SEPA. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`. When creating your payment, select :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account located on the product category is used to book the difference between the average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:77 -msgid "The first time you pay a vendor with SEPA, you have to fill in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` field with the bank name, IBAN, and BIC (Bank Identifier Code). Odoo automatically verifies if the IBAN format is respected." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 +msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:81 -msgid "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will automatically suggest you the bank account, but it remains possible to select a new one." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 -msgid "Once your payment is registered, do not forget to confirm it. You can also pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button at the top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled with it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:585 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:287 -msgid "Vendor bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 -msgid "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 -msgid "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, equipment, land, and software." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 -msgid "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 -msgid "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Income" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Straight Line" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Declining" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 +msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -msgid "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:20 -msgid "Prerequisites" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a journal entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 -msgid "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the default expense account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 -msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 -msgid "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 -msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 -msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:58 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 -msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 +msgid "To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 -msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 -msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Expense Account**, and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Category" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Account Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 -msgid "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 -msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:62 +msgid "Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:71 +msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:83 +msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 -msgid "Assets entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:86 +msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 -msgid "Create a new entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 -msgid "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 -msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:65 +msgid "Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 -msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:95 +msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 -msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and at which date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:98 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:101 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 -msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:20 +msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 -msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the most accurately possible." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Other Income" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 -msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between depreciations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 -msgid "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 -msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Other" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 -msgid "The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same amount." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 -msgid "The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified duration." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 -msgid "The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant one afterward." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 +msgid "Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of :ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses ` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues ` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 -msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 -msgid "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your **Purchases Journal**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 -msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: :ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 -msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "Default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 -msgid "Modification of an Asset" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 +msgid "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 -msgid "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:58 +msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 -msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and click on *Modify*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 +msgid "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts. By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 -msgid "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease** and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the Depreciation Board." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 -msgid "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart Button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 +msgid "**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the group `131000`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 -msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 +msgid "Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 -msgid "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed from the Balance Sheet." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 -msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*, and fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 +msgid "Account groups creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the :guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 -msgid "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the amount it is sold for." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 +msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 -msgid "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 -msgid "Assets Models" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +msgid "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 -msgid "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 +msgid "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as :guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing reconciliation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 -msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's settings, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 -msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 +msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 -msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 +msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 -msgid "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** with the right asset account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 -msgid "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that model." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 +msgid ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 -msgid "Automate the Assets" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 -msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the expenses that are credited on it automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 -msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss, which is an analysis over a period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 -msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets entry* is created and immediately validated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:18 +msgid "**Assets** represent the company's wealth and the goods it owns. Fixed assets include buildings and offices, while current assets include bank accounts and cash. The money owed by a client is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:-1 -msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:24 +msgid "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers). Liabilities could also be defined as a source of financing which is provided to the company, also called *leverage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 -msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-account`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:30 +msgid "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners of the company (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses). Each year, net profits (or losses) may be reported as retained earnings or distributed to the shareholders (as a dividend)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:34 +msgid "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse (liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred expenses and prepayments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "A difference is made between **assets** and **expenses**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 -msgid "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed products or services yet to receive." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "An **asset** is a resource with economic value that an individual, corporation, or country owns or controls with the expectation that it will provide a future benefit. Assets are reported on a company's balance sheet. They are bought or created to increase a firm's value or benefit its operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in the future." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 -msgid "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:48 +msgid "The **profit and loss** (P&L) report shows the company's performance over a specific period of time, usually a quarter or a fiscal year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 -msgid "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be recognized as an expense." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:53 +msgid "The **revenue** refers to the money earned by the company by selling goods and/or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted periodically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "The **cost of goods sold** (COGS, or also known as \"Cost of Sale\") refers to the sale of goods' costs (e.g., the cost of the materials and labor used to create the goods)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 -msgid "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather than on the default expense account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:62 +msgid "The **Gross profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:66 +msgid "**Operating expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries, rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, and anything beyond the costs of products sold or the cost of sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:76 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 -msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:81 +msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the company's accounts: both Balance sheet accounts and P&L accounts. Every transaction is recorded by debiting and crediting multiple accounts in a journal entry. In a way, a chart of accounts is like a company's DNA!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 -msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the expenses must be deferred." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:85 +msgid "Every account listed in the chart of accounts belongs to a specific category. In Odoo, each account has a unique code and belongs to one of these categories:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -msgid "Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:92 +msgid "**Equity and subordinated debts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:89 +msgid "**Equity** is the amount of money invested by a company's shareholders to finance the company's activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 -msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:91 +msgid "**Subordinated debts** are the amount of money lent by a third party to a company to finance its activities. In the event of the dissolution of a company, these third parties are reimbursed before the shareholders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:94 +msgid "**Fixed assets** are tangible (i.e., physical) items or properties that a company purchases and uses to produce its goods and services. Fixed assets are long-term assets. This means the assets have a useful life of more than one year. They also include properties, plants, and equipments (also known as \"PP&E\") and are recorded on the balance sheet with that classification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 -msgid "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the full amount of the expense is recognized." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "**Current assets and liabilities**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 -msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "The **current assets** account is a balance sheet line item listed under the Assets section, which accounts for all company-owned assets that can be converted to cash within one year. Current assets include cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, stock inventory, marketable securities, prepaid liabilities, and other liquid assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 -msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "**Current liabilities** are a company's short-term financial obligations due within one year. An example of a current liability is money owed to suppliers in the form of accounts payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "**Bank and cash accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 -msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and at which date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:106 +msgid "A **bank account** is a financial account maintained by a bank or other financial institution in which the financial transactions between the bank and a customer are recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "A **cash account**, or cash book, may refer to a ledger in which all cash transactions are recorded. The cash account includes both the cash receipts and the cash payment journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 -msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the most accurately possible." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:115 +msgid "**Expenses and income**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate revenues. It is simply defined as the cost one is required to spend on obtaining something. Common expenses include supplier payments, employee wages, factory leases, and equipment depreciation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 -msgid "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 29.03." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:114 +msgid "The term \"**income**\" generally refers to the amount of money, property, and other transfers of value received over a set period of time in exchange for services or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Purchases Journal**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "\\*: Customer Refund and Customer Payment boxes cannot be simultaneously selected as they are contradictory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a posted journal item`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:126 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:135 +msgid "Every financial document of the company (e.g., an invoice, a bank statement, a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "For a journal entry to be balanced, the sum of all its debits must be equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense entries faster." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:143 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. (see entries.js)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 -msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`Reconciliation <../../accounting/bank/reconciliation>` is the process of linking journal items of a specific account and matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:153 +msgid "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices to mark them as paid. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the accounts receivable account and/or the accounts payable account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 -msgid "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:156 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:158 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:159 +msgid "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 -msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that are credited on it automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 -msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expenses`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "Partial payment 1/2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 -msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see: `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "70" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 -msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 -msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different Expense Account for specific products`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "65" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -msgid "AI-powered document digitization" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 -msgid "**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "30" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated based on the scanned invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:13 -msgid "`Test Odoo's invoice digitization `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 -msgid "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on demand." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 -msgid "If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines on the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 -msgid "Invoice upload" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 -msgid "Upload invoices manually" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:194 +msgid "**matched with a previously recorded payment**: a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 -msgid "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and select :guilabel:`Upload`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:196 +msgid "**recorded as a new payment**: the payment's journal entry is created and reconciled with the related invoice when processing the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 -msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:198 +msgid "**recorded as another transaction**: bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:44 -msgid "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft customer invoices or vendor bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:200 +msgid "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions; only a few should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:47 -msgid "You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, and :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:207 +msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:51 -msgid "The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically into new invoices or bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:209 +msgid "There are two approaches to managing checks and internal wire transfers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:55 -msgid "If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:211 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 -msgid "The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically into new invoices or bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:212 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:63 -msgid "To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email Alias`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 -msgid "Invoice digitization" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:70 -msgid "According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:73 -msgid "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and selecting the proper information instead." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 -msgid "Data recognition with AI" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:241 +msgid "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:79 -msgid "It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "Pricing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:86 -msgid "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one credit." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:89 -msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo allows you to issue invoices, receive bills, and record transactions in currencies other than the main currency configured for your company. You can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:55 -msgid "If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:98 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:20 +msgid "Main currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:22 +msgid "The **main currency** is defined by default according to the company's country. You can change it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and changing the currency in the :guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase receipts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:29 +msgid "Enable foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:31 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, and enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt account before a later payment reconciliation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 -msgid "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. Click :doc:`here ` for more information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:41 +msgid "Currency rates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 -msgid "Register a receipt" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Manual update" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:46 +msgid "To manually create and set a currency rate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, click on the currency you wish to change the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to create a new rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:-1 -msgid "Fill out the draft purchase receipt in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:55 +msgid "Automatic update" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:57 +msgid "When you activate a second currency for the first time, :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates` appears under :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. By default, you have to click on the **Update now** button (:guilabel:`🗘`) to update the rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the **Journal Entry** before you post it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:61 +msgid "Odoo can update the rates at regular intervals. To do so, change the :guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Monthly`. You can also select the web service from which you want to retrieve the latest currency rates by clicking on the :guilabel:`Service` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:69 +msgid "Exchange difference entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:-1 -msgid "Change the accounts used in the journal entry to record a purchase receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo automatically records exchange differences entries on dedicated accounts, in a dedicated journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expenses`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:74 +msgid "You can define which journal and accounts to use to **post exchange difference entries** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and editing the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Gain Account`, and :guilabel:`Loss Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:5 -msgid "Account receivables" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:79 +msgid "If you receive a payment for a customer invoice one month after it was issued, the exchange rate has likely changed since. Therefore, this fluctuation implies some profit or loss due to the exchange difference, which Odoo automatically records in the default **Exchange Difference** journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 -msgid "Customer invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:89 +msgid "Each account can have a set currency. By doing so, all moves relevant to the account are forced to have that account's currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:92 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Charts of Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "**Cash discounts** are reductions in the amount a customer must pay for goods or services offered as an incentive for paying their invoice promptly. These discounts are typically a percentage of the total invoice amount and are applied if the customer pays within a specified time. Cash discounts can help the company maintain a steady cash flow." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 +msgid "Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:11 -msgid "You issue a €100 invoice on the 1st of January. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you within seven days." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:101 +msgid "If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles transactions in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 -msgid "The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:103 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Currency`. If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 -msgid "A :ref:`tax reduction ` can also be applied depending on the country or region." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "To grant cash discounts to customers, you must first set up the :ref:`type of tax reduction `, verify the :ref:`gain and loss accounts `, and configure new :ref:`payment terms `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:114 +msgid "Multi-currency accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 -msgid "Tax reductions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:119 +msgid "Invoices, bills, and other documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 -msgid "Depending on the country or region, the base amount used to compute the tax can vary, which can lead to a **tax reduction**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:121 +msgid "For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:38 -msgid "To configure how the tax reduction is applied, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, in the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Tax Reduction` feature, select one of the three following options:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:63 -msgid "Always (upon invoice)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 -msgid "The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the discounted amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:132 +msgid "To register a payment in a currency other than your company's main currency, click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` payment button of your document and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 -msgid "On early payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:47 -msgid "The tax is reduced only if the customer pays early. The base amount used to compute the tax is the same as the sale: if the customer benefits from the reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means that, depending on the customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:143 +msgid "Bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 -msgid "Never" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:145 +msgid "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company's main currency. To see additional fields related to foreign currencies, click on the **columns dropdown button** (:guilabel:`⋮`) next to :guilabel:`Amount`, and check :guilabel:`Amount Currency` and :guilabel:`Foreign Currency`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:52 -msgid "The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the full amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 -msgid "You issue a €100 invoice (tax-excluded) on the 1st of January, with a 21% tax rate. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you within seven days." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:154 +msgid "When reconciling, Odoo displays both the foreign currency amount and the equivalent amount in your company's main currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 -msgid "Due date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:160 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:99 -msgid "Total amount due" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:162 +msgid "To see **exchange difference journal entries**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:100 -msgid "Computation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:-1 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 -msgid "8th of January" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:87 -msgid "€118.58" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:88 -msgid "(€98 + (21% of €98))" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally independent of each other but are closely linked financially, organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the **representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:104 -msgid "31st of January" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 -msgid "€120.58" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click :guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the **representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, :guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:76 -msgid "(€100 + (21% of €98))" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:-1 +msgid "General information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:105 -msgid "€121.00" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a **name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT unit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:106 -msgid "(€100 + (21% of €100))" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:102 -msgid "€119.00" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:103 -msgid "(€98 + (21% of €100))" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on inter-constituent transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 -msgid ":ref:`Tax grids `, which are used for the tax report, are correctly computed according to the :ref:`type of tax reduction ` you configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and :guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for **non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:112 -msgid "The **type of cash discount tax reduction** may be correctly pre-configured, depending on your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat this process for **each** constituent company on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 -msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "Depending on your :doc:`localization package `, taxes may vary from the screenshot displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 -msgid "With a cash discount, the amount you earn depends on whether the customer benefits from the cash discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and losses, which are recorded on default accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:123 -msgid "To modify these accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section, select the accounts you want to use for the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Gain account` and :guilabel:`Cash Discount Loss account`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -msgid "Payment terms" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:132 -msgid "Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms `. Configure them to your liking by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out the fields :guilabel:`Discount %` and :guilabel:`Discount Days`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the **VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" -"reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:147 -msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 +msgid "In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:149 -msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice by selecting the :ref:`payment terms you created `. Odoo automatically computes the correct amounts, tax amounts, due dates, and accounting records." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 +msgid "If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:153 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab, you can display the discount details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the :guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 +msgid "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" -"is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:161 -msgid "The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice sent to the customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: \"30 Days,\n" -"2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023.\"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 -msgid "Payment reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:24 +msgid "Registering payment from an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:171 -msgid "When you record a payment or reconcile your bank statements, Odoo takes the customer payment's date into account to define if they can benefit from the cash discount or not." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 +msgid "When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:175 -msgid "If your customer pays the discount amount *after* the discount date, you can always decide whether to mark the invoice as fully paid with a write-off or as partially paid." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +msgid "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:179 -msgid ":doc:`../customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:-1 +msgid "See detailed information of a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash rounding" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +msgid "The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status :guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 -msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +msgid "When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to pay and make a partial or full payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 -msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +msgid "If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account `, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the status :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 +msgid "If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +msgid "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 -msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding Method*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal) amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 -msgid "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have to define which account records the cash roundings." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +msgid "When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 -msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 -msgid "Apply roundings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +msgid "A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 -msgid "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the *Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding Method*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:-1 +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 -msgid "Credit notes and refunds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +msgid "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:5 -msgid "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 -msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +msgid "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease :doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 -msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 -msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:15 -msgid "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you need to send money back to your customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select :guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 -msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +msgid "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:23 -msgid "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the Invoice’s form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:28 -msgid "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the invoices they are related to." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +msgid "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 -msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:-1 +msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 -msgid "You can choose between three options:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 -msgid "Partial Refund" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +msgid "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is :guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 -msgid "Full Refund" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:70 -msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "A **batch deposit** is a convenient way to group customer payments and deposit them into your bank account. The feature lets you list multiple payments and generate a detailed deposit slip with a batch reference. This reference can be used when reconciling to match bank statement lines with transactions in the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 -msgid "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments` and tick :guilabel:`Batch Payments` to activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the original invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:51 -msgid "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to modify any detail on the credit note." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:20 +msgid "Register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 -msgid "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as *Paid*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:22 +msgid "Before performing a batch deposit, it is necessary to register each transaction's payment. To do so, open the corresponding customer invoice and click :guilabel:`Register Payment`. In the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` linked to your bank account and :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:60 -msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the original invoice with it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:-1 +msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 -msgid "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:32 +msgid "Add payments to a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:72 -msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the same details from the original invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:34 +msgid "To add payments to a batch deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Bank` and choose :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:76 -msgid "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:-1 +msgid "Filling out a new inbound batch payment form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:79 -msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up window, tick all payments to include in the batch deposit, then click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:81 -msgid "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ credit notes:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:-1 +msgid "Selecting all payments to include in the batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -msgid "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on *Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add Credit Note*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:49 +msgid "Once done, click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:94 -msgid "Journal Entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:52 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Print` to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:91 -msgid "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:57 +msgid "Once the bank transactions are on your database, you can reconcile bank statement lines with the batch payment. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and click :guilabel:`Reconcile Items` on the related bank account. Go to the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to select a specific batch and click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:94 -msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:-1 +msgid "Reconciling the batch payment with all its transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:99 -msgid "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the original invoice above:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:67 +msgid "If a specific payment could not be processed by the bank or is missing, remove the related payment before reconciling." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 -msgid "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in euros. With **SEPA Direct Debit** (SDD), your customers can sign a mandate that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 -msgid "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate `.xml` files containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 -msgid "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as revenue." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted periodically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 -msgid "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather than on the default income account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)`, and click on :guilabel:`Save`. Enter your company's :guilabel:`Creditor Identifier`. This number is provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:-1 +msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:32 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 -msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:35 +msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 -msgid "Post an income to the right account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:37 +msgid "The :abbr:`SDD (sepa direct debit)` Mandate is the document that your customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 -msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:40 +msgid "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Direct Debit Mandates`, on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form. Export the PDF file by clicking on :guilabel:`Print`. It is then up to your customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file and click on :guilabel:`Validate` to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 -msgid "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which the incomes must be deferred." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in your own :doc:`Bank Account <../bank>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:50 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 -msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +msgid "SDD can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce** or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Provider**. With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 -msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Income Account**, and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your needs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, click on :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "Make sure to change the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and to check :guilabel:`Online Signature`, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 -msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:65 +msgid "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 -msgid "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Provider** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 -msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 -msgid "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:74 +msgid "Direct debit mandates are closed automatically after their :guilabel:`End Date`. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being **Active** until it is **Closed** or **Revoked**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 -msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +msgid "Clicking on :guilabel:`Close` updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 -msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:80 +msgid "Clicking on :guilabel:`Revoke` disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD `.xml` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "Once a mandate has been :guilabel:`closed` or :guilabel:`revoked`, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 -msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "Get paid with SEPA Direct Debit batch payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 -msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the most accurately possible." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and choose :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit` as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 -msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit `.XML` files to submit payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 -msgid "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 65.78." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "`.xml` files with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:105 +msgid "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02** specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank `implementation guidelines `_, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 -msgid "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales Journal**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:110 +msgid "To generate your `.xml` file of multiple pending SDD payments, you can create a batch payment. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Payments`, select the needed payments, then click on :guilabel:`Action`, and finally :guilabel:`Create a batch Payment`. Once you click on :guilabel:`Validate`, the `.xml` file is directly available for download." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 -msgid "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a posted journal item`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:-1 +msgid "Generate an .XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:119 +msgid "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 -msgid "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue entries faster." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "You can retrieve all the generated SDD `.xml` files by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 -msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:128 +msgid "`List of all SEPA countries `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:130 +msgid "`Sepa guidelines `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 -msgid "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 +msgid "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 +msgid "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 -msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the revenues that are credited on it automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +msgid "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +msgid "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 -msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +msgid "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 -msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see: `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 +msgid "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:-1 -msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 -msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 -msgid "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Electronic invoicing (:abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)`)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 +msgid "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:5 -msgid "EDI, or electronic data interchange, is the inter-company communication of business documents, such as purchase orders and invoices, in a standard format. Sending documents according to an EDI standard ensures that the machine receiving the message can interpret the information correctly. Various EDI file formats exist and are available depending on your company's country." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "EDI feature enables automating the administration between companies and might also be required by some governments for fiscal control or to facilitate the administration." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +msgid "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Electronic invoicing of your documents such as customer invoices, credit notes or vendor bills is one of the application of EDI." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 +msgid "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on **Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:16 -msgid "Odoo supports, among others, the following formats." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 +msgid "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "Format Name" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:22 -msgid "Applicability" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "For French and German companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +msgid "100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 -msgid "Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:26 -msgid "For companies whose countries are part of the `EAS list `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "E-FFF" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:29 -msgid "For Belgian companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:30 -msgid "XRechnung (UBL)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "For German companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +msgid "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:32 -msgid "Fattura PA (IT)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:33 -msgid "For Italian companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +msgid "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:34 -msgid "CFDI (4.0)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:35 -msgid "For Mexican companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:36 -msgid "Peru UBL 2.1" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +msgid "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:37 -msgid "For Peruvian companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:38 -msgid "SII IVA Llevanza de libros registro (ES)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 +msgid "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:39 -msgid "For Spanish companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 +msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report **Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:40 -msgid "UBL 2.1 (Columbia)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:41 -msgid "For Colombian companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:5 +msgid "A follow-up message can be sent to customers when a payment is overdue. Odoo helps you identify late payments and allows you to schedule and send the appropriate reminders, using **follow-up actions** that trigger automatically one or more actions according to the number of overdue days. You can send your follow-ups via different means such as email, post, or SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "Egyptian Tax Authority" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:43 -msgid "For Egyptian companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:16 +msgid "To configure a :guilabel:`Follow-Up Action`, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Follow-up Levels`. Several follow-up actions are available by default, and you can customize them any way you want or create new ones to trigger the following actions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:44 -msgid "E-Invoice (IN)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:20 +msgid "Send an email;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:45 -msgid "For Indian companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Send an SMS message `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "NLCIUS (Netherlands)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:22 +msgid "Print a letter;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:47 -msgid "For Dutch companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`Send a letter `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:48 -msgid "EHF 3.0" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:24 +msgid "Manual action (creates a task)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:49 -msgid "For Norwegian companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:26 +msgid "It is also possible to automatically send a reminder by enabling the :guilabel:`Auto Execute` option, within a specific :guilabel:`Follow-Up Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:50 -msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:30 +msgid "To send a reminder before the actual due date is reached, set a negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:51 -msgid "For Australian/New Zealand companies" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:33 +msgid "Follow-up reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:54 -msgid ":ref:`fiscal_localizations/packages`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:35 +msgid "The overdue invoices you need to follow up on are available in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Follow-up Reports`. From there, you can identify all the customers that have late unpaid invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> Electronic Invoicing` and enable the formats you need for this journal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:39 +msgid "When you open a customer, you see all their unpaid invoices (overdue or not). The due dates of the late invoices appear in red. Select the invoices that are not late yet in the :guilabel:`Excluded` column to exclude them from the reminder you send." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:-1 -msgid "Select the EDI format you need" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:43 +msgid "It is up to you to decide how to remind your customer. You can select :guilabel:`Print Letter`, :guilabel:`Send By Email`, :guilabel:`Send By Post`, :guilabel:`Send By SMS`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Done` to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:68 -msgid "Once an electronic invoicing format is enabled, XML documents are generated when clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm` in documents such as invoices, credit notes, etc. These documents are either visible in the attachment section, or embedded in the PDF." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:48 +msgid "The contact information available on the invoice or on the contact form is used to send the reminder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 -msgid "For E-FFF, the xml file only appears after having generated the PDF (:guilabel:`Print` or :guilabel:`Send & Print` button), since the PDF needs to be embedded inside the xml." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:50 +msgid "When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 -msgid "Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option :guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like Chorus Pro." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:51 +msgid "If it is not the right time for a reminder, you can specify the :guilabel:`Next Reminder Date` and click on :guilabel:`Remind me later`. You will get the next report according to the next reminder date set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:78 -msgid "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's :guilabel:`General Information`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:56 +msgid "Reconcile your bank statements right before launching your follow-up process to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 -msgid "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via existing access points." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:60 +msgid "Debtor's trust level" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:84 -msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:62 +msgid "To know whether a customer usually pays late or not, you can set a trust level by marking them as :guilabel:`Good Debtor`, :guilabel:`Normal Debtor`, or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:86 -msgid "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install ` the module :guilabel:`Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII` (module’s technical name: `account_edi_ubl_cii`) and your country-specific module." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:-1 +msgid "Set debtor's trust level" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:92 -msgid "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:70 +msgid "Send reminders in batches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:72 +msgid "You can send reminder emails in batches from the :guilabel:`Follow-up Reports` page. To do so, select all the reports you would like to process, click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process follow-ups`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 -msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 -msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:103 -msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and **follow-ups**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:106 -msgid "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely supported." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "In order to track vendor conditions, we use **Payment Terms** in Odoo. They allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 -msgid "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their invoices instantly." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:13 +msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:11 -msgid "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:16 -msgid "This feature is only available in several European countries such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "To create them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms or click existing ones to modify them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:30 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 +msgid "Once **Payment Terms** are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by default. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Vendors --> Vendors`, select a vendor, click the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select a specific **Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 -msgid "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your IBAN and BIC." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:29 +msgid "If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:35 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under the *Bank Account* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:43 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:34 +msgid "To track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the **Aged Payable** report. To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged Payable`. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to pay within the following months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 -msgid "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is available." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:49 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a new invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:43 +msgid "You can get a list of all your vendor bills by going to :menuselection:`Vendors --> Bills`. To view only the bills that you need to pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:52 -msgid "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:47 +msgid "You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:55 -msgid "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Internal transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:63 -msgid "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and one cash journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:69 -msgid "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation. If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing processes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to :doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../bank>` to see how to add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:24 +msgid "Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:28 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:-1 +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer. The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is **automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a fixed advance." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 -msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 -msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:-1 +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 -msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:91 +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 -msgid "Contracts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by creating, :doc:`importing <../bank/transactions>`, or :doc:`synchronizing <../bank/bank_synchronization>` your :guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:-1 +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 -msgid "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "Activities can be:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:105 +msgid "In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:-1 +msgid "Reconcile your payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 -msgid "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 -msgid "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices. This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they use a regular sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:129 +msgid "The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, facilitating the reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 -msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or :menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 -msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:-1 +msgid "Register payment button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 +msgid "When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining **all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the :guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or more bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:-1 +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 -msgid "Specific modules" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 +msgid "When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page `. Make sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms ` to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 -msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 +msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 -msgid "It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:11 +msgid "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue, you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 -msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:-1 +msgid "Payment provider choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 -msgid "The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of the entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:23 +msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Providers are correctly configured `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 -msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:26 +msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer `\" is the only Payment Provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 -msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:29 +msgid "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 -msgid "It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:33 +msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:35 +msgid "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 -msgid "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding traditional paper invoices into invoices forms in your accounting." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:-1 +msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:157 -msgid "Odoo uses OCR and artificial intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated based on scanned invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:42 +msgid "They can choose which Payment Provider to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:162 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:-1 +msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "Payment terms and installment plans" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:3 +msgid "Install the patch to disable online invoice payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:5 +msgid "Following recent changes in Odoo 16, you might be warned that disabling the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting will uninstall modules. If you want to disable the feature without uninstalling modules, follow the steps below to install the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 -msgid "The due date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 +msgid "If your Odoo database is created after the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch** was released, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Some discounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 +msgid "To check if the module is already installed, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the `Apps` filter, and search for `account_payment`. If the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch** is present and marked as installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you are able to disable the feature without side-effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 -msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:19 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 -msgid "Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:21 +msgid "The possibility to disable the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting without side-effect is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 -msgid "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:25 +msgid "If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-date and you can proceed to the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:28 +msgid "If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, you must update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page `, or by contacting your integrating partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:33 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:35 +msgid "New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in the **Apps** menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:37 +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:41 +msgid "Install the module Invoice Online Payment Patch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**21 MFI**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:44 +msgid "You should never install new modules in your production database without first testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-premise users, you should use a staging environment---contact your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module in your particular setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:50 +msgid "The module should now be available in your :guilabel:`Apps` menu. Remove the ``Apps`` filter and search for ``account_payment``; the module :guilabel:`Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch` should be available for installation. If you cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:56 +msgid "Once the module is installed, disabling the feature will work as intended and will not ask you to uninstall installed applications or modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month following the invoice date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 -msgid "Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:5 +msgid "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. You can then print all the payments registered by check. Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 -msgid "This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & Conditions*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:13 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 +msgid "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the :guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +msgid "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:48 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 -msgid "The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document (sale order, invoice, etc.)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +msgid "United States" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to define what needs to be paid and by which due date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 -msgid "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and *Due Date Computation*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:59 -msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following\n" -"month." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:71 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:73 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** drop-down list, on:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Quotations**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a quotation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +msgid "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is validated, you can register a payment. Set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +msgid "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on :guilabel:`Checks to print` you have got the possibility to print the reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the *Due Date* is enough." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +msgid "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and click on :guilabel:`Print`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:84 -msgid "You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:3 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:87 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:5 +msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European Union to simplify bank transfers denominated in euros. SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:9 +msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 27 EU member states, as well as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:11 +msgid "EFTA countries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:13 +msgid "Iceland;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:99 -msgid "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:14 +msgid "Liechtenstein;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:-1 -msgid "The amount debited on the Account Receivable is split into two Journal Items with distinct\n" -"Due Dates" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:15 +msgid "Norway;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -msgid "In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month.*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:16 +msgid "Switzerland." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 -msgid "February 21" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:18 +msgid "Non-EEA SEPA countries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 -msgid "300" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:20 +msgid "Andorra;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 -msgid "March 31" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:21 +msgid "Monaco;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 -msgid "700" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:22 +msgid "San Marino;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:117 -msgid "Product Sales" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:23 +msgid "United Kingdom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:140 -msgid "1000" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:24 +msgid "Vatican City State." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 -msgid "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct *Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:26 +msgid "Non-EEA territories:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 -msgid "Snailmail" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:28 +msgid "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:7 -msgid "Sending direct mail can be an effective strategy for grabbing people's attention, especially when their email inboxes are overflowing. With Odoo, you have the ability to send invoices and follow-up reports through postal mail worldwide, all from within your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Guernsey;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer invoices` section to activate :guilabel:`Snailmail`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:30 +msgid "Jersey;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:17 -msgid "To make it a by-default feature, select :guilabel:`Send by Post` in the :guilabel:`Default Sending Options` section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:31 +msgid "Isle of Man." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:-1 -msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:33 +msgid "When paying a bill in Odoo, you can select SEPA mandates as a payment option. At the day's end, you can generate the SEPA file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:25 -msgid "Send invoices by post" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:36 +msgid "By default, the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** specifications. This is a well-defined standard among banks. However, for Swiss and German companies, other formats are used **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:27 -msgid "Open your invoice, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` and select :guilabel:`Send by Post`. Make sure your customer’s address is set correctly, including the country, before sending the letter." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:40 +msgid "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the account statement in Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:31 -msgid "Your document must respect the following rules to pass the validation before being sent:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:48 +msgid "Activate SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:33 -msgid "Margins must be **5 mm** on all sides. As Odoo forces the outer margins by filling them with white before sending the snailmail, it can results in the user's custom being cut off if it protrudes into the margins. To check the margins, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Technical --> Reporting section: Paper Format`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:50 +msgid "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must activate the **SEPA Credit Transfer** setting. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Vendor Payments: SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)`. By activating the setting and filling out your company data, you will be able to use the SCT option when paying your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:38 -msgid "A square of **15mm by 15mm** on the bottom left corner has to stay clear." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:56 +msgid "According to the localization package installed, the **SEPA Direct Debit** and **SEPA Credit Transfer** modules may be installed by default. If not, they need to be :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:39 -msgid "The postage area has to stay clear (click :download:`here ` to get more info about the area)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:60 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:41 -msgid "Pingen (Odoo Snailmail service provider) scans the area to process the address, so if something gets written outside the area, it is not counted as part of the address." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:62 +msgid "From the accounting dashboard, click on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your bank journal and select :guilabel:`Configuration`. Click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab, and, if not already present, add :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` under :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 -msgid "Snailmail is an :doc:`../../../../general/in_app_purchase` service that requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:66 +msgid "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account numbers do not work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:50 -msgid "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer invoices: Snailmail`, click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases: Odoo IAP`, and click on :guilabel:`View my Services`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Registering payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:57 -msgid "Click `here `_ to know about our *Privacy Policy*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:72 +msgid "You can register and vendor payments made with SEPA. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`. When creating your payment, select :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:5 -msgid "Customer payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:76 +msgid "The first time you pay a vendor with SEPA, you have to fill in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` field with the bank name, IBAN, and BIC (Bank Identifier Code). Odoo automatically verifies if the IBAN format is respected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 -msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:80 +msgid "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will automatically suggest you the bank account, but it remains possible to select a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 -msgid "A **batch deposit** is a convenient way to group customer payments and deposit them into your bank account. The feature lets you list multiple payments and generate a detailed deposit slip with a batch reference. This reference can be used when reconciling to match bank statement lines with transactions in the batch deposit." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:83 +msgid "Once your payment is registered, do not forget to confirm it. You can also pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button at the top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments` and tick :guilabel:`Batch Payments` to activate the feature." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 +msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 -msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 +msgid "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:20 -msgid "Register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:22 -msgid "Before performing a batch deposit, it is necessary to register each transaction's payment. To do so, open the corresponding customer invoice and click :guilabel:`Register Payment`. In the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` linked to your bank account and :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:-1 -msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a batch deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:32 -msgid "Add payments to a batch deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:34 -msgid "To add payments to a batch deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Bank` and choose :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:-1 -msgid "Filling out a new inbound batch payment form" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up window, tick all payments to include in the batch deposit, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:-1 -msgid "Selecting all payments to include in the batch deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:49 -msgid "Once done, click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the batch deposit." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:52 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Print` to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 +msgid "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:57 -msgid "Once the bank transactions are on your database, you can reconcile bank statement lines with the batch payment. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and click :guilabel:`Reconcile Items` on the related bank account. Go to the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to select a specific batch and click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the process." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +msgid "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:-1 -msgid "Reconciling the batch payment with all its transactions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:67 -msgid "If a specific payment could not be processed by the bank or is missing, remove the related payment before reconciling." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:42 +msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +msgid "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 +msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 -msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +msgid "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 -msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in euros. With **SEPA Direct Debit** (SDD), your customers can sign a mandate that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:56 +msgid "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 -msgid "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate `.xml` files containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 +msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states of the European Union as well as additional countries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "`List of all SEPA countries `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)`, and click on :guilabel:`Save`. Enter your company's :guilabel:`Creditor Identifier`. This number is provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for delivering them." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:-1 -msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:65 +msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:32 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:35 -msgid "Create a mandate" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 +msgid "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:37 -msgid "The :abbr:`SDD (sepa direct debit)` Mandate is the document that your customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:40 -msgid "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Direct Debit Mandates`, on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form. Export the PDF file by clicking on :guilabel:`Print`. It is then up to your customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file and click on :guilabel:`Validate` to start running the mandate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 -msgid "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in your own :doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a payment method" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "SDD can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce** or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Provider**. With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates themselves." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:57 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your needs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, click on :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:63 -msgid "Make sure to change the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and to check :guilabel:`Online Signature`, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 +msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 -msgid "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "Add link to future **Payment Provider** documentation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:86 +msgid "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:96 +msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Direct debit mandates are closed automatically after their :guilabel:`End Date`. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being **Active** until it is **Closed** or **Revoked**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 +msgid "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 -msgid "Clicking on :guilabel:`Close` updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with an SDD payment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:107 +msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:81 -msgid "Clicking on :guilabel:`Revoke` disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD `.xml` file." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:109 +msgid "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:86 -msgid "Once a mandate has been :guilabel:`closed` or :guilabel:`revoked`, it cannot be reactivated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:116 +msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:89 -msgid "Get paid with SEPA Direct Debit batch payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:118 +msgid "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:94 -msgid "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an active SDD mandate." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 -msgid "To do so, open the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and choose :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit` as payment method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:126 +msgid "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:100 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit `.XML` files to submit payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 +msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 -msgid "`.xml` files with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your online banking interface to process all payments at once." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 +msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:106 -msgid "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02** specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank `implementation guidelines `_, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:111 -msgid "To generate your `.xml` file of multiple pending SDD payments, you can create a batch payment. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Payments`, select the needed payments, then click on :guilabel:`Action`, and finally :guilabel:`Create a batch Payment`. Once you click on :guilabel:`Validate`, the `.xml` file is directly available for download." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Analytic accounting helps you track costs and revenues, as well as analyze the profitability of a project or service. When creating your journal entries, the analytic widget allows the distribution of costs in one or more analytic accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:-1 -msgid "Generate an .XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:12 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` feature by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Analytics`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:120 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the payments." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:16 +msgid "Analytic accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 -msgid "You can retrieve all the generated SDD `.xml` files by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:18 +msgid "The analytic accounts give an overview of your costs and revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`batch`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:20 +msgid "Access your existing analytic accounts by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Accounts`. To create a new analytic account, click :guilabel:`New`, and fill in the required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 -msgid "`List of all SEPA countries `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: add the name of your analytic account;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 -msgid "`Sepa guidelines `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: select the customer related to your project;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reference`: add a reference to make it easier to find the account when you are on your bill;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Plan`: add an :ref:`analytic plan `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if you are managing multiple companies, select the company for which the analytic account will be used;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency of the analytic account;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:33 +msgid "Then, fill in your :doc:`budget ` information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:38 +msgid "Analytic plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several checks to your bank accounts in batch." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:40 +msgid "The analytic plans allow you to analyze your accounting. For example, to track costs and revenues by project or department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:43 +msgid "You can access the analytic plans by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Plans`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:-1 +msgid "create an analytic plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:50 +msgid "The following information must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Parent`: link your plan to another :guilabel:`Analytic Plan` to build a hierarchy between your plans;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the widget when creating a new journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Optional`: if selected, it is not mandatory to add the analytic plan in the widget;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on **Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`: if selected, an orange bullet is visible in the widget next to the plan until the analytic distribution is done (the bullet then turns to green); it is not possible to confirm the entry if no analytic account is selected;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unavailable`: if selected, the plan is not available in the widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select the color of the tag related to this specific plan;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: add the company to which the plan applies;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:66 +msgid "You can also fine-tune your plans' applicability by filling in the :guilabel:`Applicability` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "100.00" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Domain`: choose to which accounting document your plan applies;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Financial Accounts Prefix`: select the prefix of the account(s) to which this plan should be applied;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: decide to which product category the plan applies;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the widget when creating a new journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid "entry. The applicability you set here always overrides the default applicability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:75 +msgid "Two smart buttons are available in the top-right corner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Subplans`: can be created to have a more complex analytic structure. Click the :guilabel:`Subplans` smart button, and then :guilabel:`New` to add a subplan;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Accounts`: to reach the analytic accounts related to the plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:82 +msgid "The analytic widget is prefilled based on the applicability, and the :ref:`Analytic Distribution Models `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:84 +msgid "Each analytic plan must have at least one analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:87 +msgid "Analytic distribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and relate it to the statement line)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:89 +msgid "Add a plan in the :guilabel:`Analytic` column when creating an invoice or bill. This field is mandatory only if you previously linked your analytic plan to at least one analytic account. After adding the plan, a **widget** opens where you can fill in the different information. You can add **tags** to reflect the related analytic accounts and decide how to split the costs between the accounts by modifying the percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -msgid "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:-1 +msgid "create a distribution template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:102 +msgid "Analytic distribution models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report **Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:104 +msgid "The analytic distribution models automatically apply a specific distribution based on defined criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:107 +msgid "To create a new analytic distribution model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Distribution Models`, click :guilabel:`New` and set the conditions your model has to meet to automatically apply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "A follow-up message can be sent to customers when a payment is overdue. Odoo helps you identify late payments and allows you to schedule and send the appropriate reminders, using **follow-up actions** that trigger automatically one or more actions according to the number of overdue days. You can send your follow-ups via different means such as email, post, or SMS." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accounts Prefix`: this analytic distribution will apply to all financial accounts sharing the prefix specified;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:11 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Partner`: select a partner for which the analytic distribution will be used;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:16 -msgid "To configure a :guilabel:`Follow-Up Action`, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Follow-up Levels`. Several follow-up actions are available by default, and you can customize them any way you want or create new ones to trigger the following actions:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Partner Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Partner Category` box. Add the partner category for which the analytic distribution will be used;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:20 -msgid "Send an Email" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: select a product for which the analytic distribution will be used;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:21 -msgid ":ref:`Send an SMS Message `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Product Category` box. Select a product category for which the analytic distribution will be used;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:22 -msgid "Print a Letter" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic`: add the analytic accounts and their distribution;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 -msgid ":ref:`Send a Letter `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select a company for which the analytic distribution will be used;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:24 -msgid "Manual Action (creates a task)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: if the above conditions are met, the :guilabel:`Analytic plan` defined in this field as well as the distribution to be applied between the different analytic accounts is selected automatically on the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:26 -msgid "It is also possible to automatically send a reminder by enabling the :guilabel:`Auto Execute` option, within a specific :guilabel:`Follow-Up Action`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:128 +msgid "To **mass edit** several entries simultaneously, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Journal items`, and select the ones that need to be updated. Add the required distribution in the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` column, and click on the :guilabel:`floppy disk` icon to save. The analytic distribution template pops up, and you can save it for later use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:30 -msgid "To send a reminder before the actual due date is reached, set a negative number of due days." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 -msgid "Follow-up reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:5 +msgid "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help people become more intentional with how money is spent and direct people to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allow the planning of a desired financial outcome and then measure the actual performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both **general** and **analytic accounts**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:35 -msgid "The overdue invoices you need to follow up on are available in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Follow-up Reports`. From there, you can identify all the customers that have late unpaid invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Analytics section`, and enable :guilabel:`Budget Management`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:39 -msgid "When you open a customer, you see all their unpaid invoices (overdue or not). The due dates of the late invoices appear in red. Select the invoices that are not late yet in the :guilabel:`Excluded` column to exclude them from the reminder you send." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:17 +msgid "Budgetary positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:43 -msgid "It is up to you to decide how to remind your customer. You can select :guilabel:`Print Letter`, :guilabel:`Send By Email`, :guilabel:`Send By Post`, :guilabel:`Send By SMS`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Done` to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:19 +msgid "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets (typically expense or income accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:48 -msgid "The contact information available on the invoice or on the contact form is used to send the reminder." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:22 +msgid "To define budgetary positions, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Budgetary Positions` and :guilabel:`New`. Add a :guilabel:`Name` to your budgetary position and select the :guilabel:`Company` it applies to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add one or more accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:50 -msgid "When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:28 +msgid "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the chart of accounts, though it must have at least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 -msgid "If it is not the right time for a reminder, you can specify the :guilabel:`Next Reminder Date` and click on :guilabel:`Remind me later`. You will get the next report according to the next reminder date set on the statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:32 +msgid "Use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:56 -msgid "Reconcile your bank statements right before launching your follow-up process to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid you." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:34 +msgid "Let’s illustrate this with an example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 -msgid "Debtor's trust level" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:36 +msgid "We just started a project with *Smith & Co*, and we would like to budget the income and expenses of that project. We plan on having a revenue of 1000, and we don’t want to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 -msgid "To know whether a customer usually pays late or not, you can set a trust level by marking them as :guilabel:`Good Debtor`, :guilabel:`Normal Debtor`, or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:39 +msgid "First, we need to define what accounts relate to our project’s expenses. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Budgetary positions`, and click :guilabel:`New` to add a position. Add the accounts wherein expenses will be booked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:-1 -msgid "Set debtor's trust level" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:71 -msgid "Send reminders in batches" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:47 +msgid "Let's repeat the steps to create a budgetary position that reflects the revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:73 -msgid "You can send reminder emails in batches from the :guilabel:`Follow-up Reports` page. To do so, select all the reports you would like to process, click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process follow-ups`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 -msgid "Invoice online payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:54 +msgid "Analytical accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:11 -msgid "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue, you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, making the payment process much easier." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:56 +msgid "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget, as the above general accounts may be used for different projects. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Accounts` and click :guilabel:`New` to add a new **Analytic Account** called *Smith & Co*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "Payment provider choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:61 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Plan` field has to be completed. Plans group multiple analytic accounts; they distribute costs and benefits to analyze business performance. **Analytic Plans** can be created or configured by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Plans`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 -msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Providers are correctly configured `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:66 +msgid "When creating a new customer invoice and/or vendor bill, you have to refer to this analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:26 -msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer `\" is the only Payment Provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:-1 +msgid "add analytic accounts in a new invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 -msgid "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online Payment**, and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:73 +msgid "Define the budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:33 -msgid "Customer Portal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:75 +msgid "Let’s set our targets. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this project, and we would like not to spend more than 700. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new budget for *Smith & Co* project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:35 -msgid "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:79 +msgid "First, fill in your :guilabel:`Budget Name`. Then, select the :guilabel:`Period` wherein the budget is applicable. Next, add the :guilabel:`Budgetary Position` you want to track, define the related :guilabel:`Analytic Account`, and add the :guilabel:`Planned Amount`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:-1 +msgid "budget lines display" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:43 -msgid "They can choose which Payment Provider to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:88 +msgid "When recording a planned amount related to expenses, the amount must be negative." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:91 +msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:93 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and find the *Smith & Co* Project to see how it evolves according to the expenses or income for the related analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:3 -msgid "Install the patch to disable online invoice payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:96 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Practical Amount` evolves when a new journal entry related to your analytic account and an account from your budgetary position is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:5 -msgid "Following recent changes in Odoo 16, you might be warned that disabling the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting will uninstall modules. If you want to disable the feature without uninstalling modules, follow the steps below to install the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:99 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Theoretical Amount` represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spent or should have received based on the date. For example, suppose your budget is 1200 for 12 months (January to December), and today is 31 of January. In that case, the theoretical amount will be 100 since this is the actual amount that could have been made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:0 -msgid "If your Odoo database is created after the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch** was released, you don't have anything to do." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:0 -msgid "To check if the module is already installed, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the `Apps` filter, and search for `account_payment`. If the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch** is present and marked as installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you are able to disable the feature without side-effect." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. The engine allows you to create new reports, such as **tax reports**, or **balance sheets** and **income statements** with **specific groupings** and **layouts**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:19 -msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to access the accounting report creation interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:21 -msgid "The possibility to disable the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting without side-effect is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "To create a new report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Accounting Reports`. From here, you can either create a :ref:`root report ` or a :ref:`variant `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:25 -msgid "If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-date and you can proceed to the next step." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +msgid "Accounting reports engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:28 -msgid "If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, you must update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page `, or by contacting your integrating partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:24 +msgid "Root reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:33 -msgid "Update the list of available modules" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:26 +msgid "Root reports can be regarded as generic, neutral accounting reports. They serve as models on which local accounting versions are built. If a report has no root report, it is considered to be a root report itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:35 -msgid "New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in the **Apps** menu." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "A tax report for Belgium and the US would both use the same generic version as a base and adapt it for their domestic regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:37 -msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:34 +msgid "When creating a new root report, you need to create a **menu item** for it. To do so, open the report and then, on that same report, click on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Menu Item`. Refresh the page; the report is now available under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:41 -msgid "Install the module Invoice Online Payment Patch" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "Cases that require creating a new root report are rare, such as when a country's tax authorities require a new and specific type of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:44 -msgid "You should never install new modules in your production database without first testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-premise users, you should use a staging environment---contact your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module in your particular setup." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +msgid "Create Menu Item button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:50 -msgid "The module should now be available in your :guilabel:`Apps` menu. Remove the ``Apps`` filter and search for ``account_payment``; the module :guilabel:`Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch` should be available for installation. If you cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:49 +msgid "Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment/install_portal_patch.rst:56 -msgid "Once the module is installed, disabling the feature will work as intended and will not ask you to uninstall installed applications or modules." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Variants are country-specific versions of root reports and, therefore, always refer to a root report. To create a variant, select a generic (root) report in the :guilabel:`Root Report` field when creating a new report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "When a root report is opened from one of the accounting app's main menus, all its variants are displayed in the variant selector in the top right corner of the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:59 +msgid "In the following image, :guilabel:`VAT Report (BE)` is the variant of the root :guilabel:`Generic Tax report`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Report variant selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:11 -msgid "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid invoices/bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "Lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers <../../bank/interbank>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "After having created a report (either root or variant), you need to fill it with lines. You can either create a new one by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`, or modify an existing line by clicking on it. All lines *require* a :guilabel:`Name`, and can have an optional additional :guilabel:`Code` (of your choice) if you wish to use their value in formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +msgid "Engine lines options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:79 +msgid "Expressions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:22 -msgid "Registering payment from an invoice or bill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:81 +msgid "Each line can contain one or multiple **expressions**. Expressions can be seen as **sub-variables** needed by a report line. To create an expression, click on :guilabel:`Add a line` *within* a line report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:24 -msgid "When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "When creating an expression, you must attribute a :guilabel:`label` used to refer to that expression. Therefore, it has to be **unique** among the expressions of each line. Both a :guilabel:`Computation Engine` and a :guilabel:`Formula` must also be indicated. The **engine** defines how your **formula(s)** and **subformula(s)** are interpreted. It is possible to mix expressions using different computation engines under the same line if you need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:30 -msgid "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:92 +msgid "Depending on the engine, :guilabel:`subformulas` may also be required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:95 +msgid "'Odoo Domain' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 -msgid "The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status :guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:97 +msgid "With this engine, a formula is interpreted as an :ref:`Odoo domain ` targeting `account.move.line` objects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:40 -msgid "When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to pay and make a partial or full payment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:100 +msgid "The subformula allows you to define how the move lines matching the domain are used to compute the value of the expression:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 -msgid "If your main bank account is set as :doc:`outstanding account <../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts>`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the status :guilabel:`Paid`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "`sum`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:45 -msgid "If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no longer linked to the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 -msgid "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) amount." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:108 +msgid "`sum_if_pos`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:49 -msgid "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal) amount." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:107 +msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this amount is positive. Otherwise, it is `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:56 -msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:112 +msgid "`sum_if_neg`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 -msgid "When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related invoice or bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:111 +msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this amount is negative. Otherwise, it is `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 -msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:117 +msgid "`count_rows`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 -msgid "A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:115 +msgid "The result is the number of sub-lines of this expression. If the parent line has a group-by value, this will correspond to the number of distinct grouping keys in the matched move lines. Otherwise, it will be the number of matched move lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:119 +msgid "You can also put a `-` sign at the beginning of the subformula to **reverse** the sign of the result." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:74 -msgid "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is reconciled with the bank statement." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +msgid "Expression line within a line report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 -msgid "Batch payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:127 +msgid "'Tax Tags' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:83 -msgid "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>`. They are also useful when you deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:129 +msgid "A formula made for this engine consists of a name used to match tax tags. If such tags do not exist when creating the expression, they will be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/batch`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:132 +msgid "When evaluating the expression, the expression computation can roughly be expressed as: **(amount of the move lines with** `+` **tag)** `-` **(amount of the move lines with** `-` **tag)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:136 +msgid "If the formula is `tag_name`, the engine matches tax tags `+tag_name` and `-tag_name`, creating them if necessary. To exemplify further: two tags are matched by the formula. If the formula is `A`, it will require (and create, if needed) tags `+A` and `-A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:97 -msgid "Payments matching" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:141 +msgid "'Aggregate Other Formulas' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:99 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select :guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:143 +msgid "Use this engine when you need to perform arithmetic operations on the amounts obtained for other expressions. Formulas here are composed of references to expressions separated by one of the four basic arithmetic operators (addition `+`, subtraction `-`, division `/`, and multiplication `*`). To refer to an expression, type in its parent line's **code** followed by a period `.` and the expression's **label** (ex. **code.label**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:106 -msgid "During the :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>`, if the sum of the debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:149 +msgid "**Subformulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:111 -msgid "Batch payments matching" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:153 +msgid "`if_above(CUR(amount))`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:113 -msgid "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:152 +msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:157 +msgid "`if_below(CUR(amount))`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:123 -msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:156 +msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is :guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:161 +msgid "`if_between(CUR1(amount1), CUR2(amount2))`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -msgid "Reporting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:160 +msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is strictly between the provided bounds. Otherwise, it will be brought back to the closest bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:5 -msgid "Declarations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:3 -msgid "Intrastat" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:5 -msgid "Intrastat is the data collection and statistics production system for goods traded among EU member states. It collects data on:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:8 -msgid "Commercial transactions of goods for use, consumption, investment, or resale with ownership transfer;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:10 -msgid "Goods movements without transfer of ownership (e.g., stock relocations or moves of goods before or after outsourced production or processing, and after maintenance or repair);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 +msgid "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of the bound expressed in that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:12 -msgid "Returns of goods." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 +msgid "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found in another report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:15 -msgid "Although the Intrastat system continues to be used, the term Intrastat is not used in the `latest legislation `_, referring instead to *intra-Union trade in goods statistics*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 +msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:20 -msgid "`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 +msgid "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:26 -msgid "General configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:28 -msgid "Enable the Intrastat report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Arithmetic expressions can also be a single prefix, such as here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:33 -msgid "If your Odoo database was created before **January 13, 2022**, first :ref:`upgrade ` the `account_intrastat` module to add the new transaction codes and :ref:`install ` the `account_intrastat_expiry` module to archive the old codes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10 - 5`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:40 -msgid "Default transaction codes: invoice and refund" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose codes start with `21` and `10`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on accounts with the prefix `5`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:42 -msgid "You can set a default :ref:`transaction code ` for all newly created invoice and refund transactions. Under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select a :guilabel:`Default invoice transaction code` and/or a :guilabel:`Default refund transaction code` and then :guilabel:`Save`. The code will be set automatically on all respective invoice lines." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 +msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:50 -msgid "Default Incoterm rule" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10\\\\(101, 102) - 5\\\\(57)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:52 -msgid "You can set a default :ref:`Incoterm rule ` to automatically populate the Incoterm field on all newly created invoices and bills. Under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the company's :guilabel:`Default Incoterm` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "This formula works the same way as the previous example but ignores the prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:60 -msgid "Region code" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 +msgid "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and `D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix matches, *and* if the total balance of the move lines made on this account is **credit/debit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:62 -msgid "The region code is **only used by Belgian companies**. Under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the :guilabel:`Company Intrastat Region` where the company is located and then :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 +msgid "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of 25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns 25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:67 -msgid "If your warehouses are located in more than one region, you can define the region code at the level of each warehouse instead. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, select a warehouse, set its :guilabel:`Intrastat region`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 +msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:0 -msgid "Adding the Intrastat region to a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D + 10\\\\(101, 102)C - 5\\\\(57)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:78 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose code starts with `21` *if* it is debit (`D`) and `10` *if* it is credit (`C`), but ignores prefixes `101`, `102`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:80 -msgid "All products must be properly configured to be included in the Intrastat report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 +msgid "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use an empty exclusion `()`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:85 -msgid "Commodity code" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D\\\\()`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:87 -msgid "Commodity codes are internationally recognized reference numbers used to classify goods depending on their **nature**. Intrastat uses the `Combined Nomenclature `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "This formula matches accounts whose code starts with `21D`, regardless of their balance sign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:90 -msgid "To add a commodity code, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set the product's :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +msgid "'External Value' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:94 -msgid "`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat commodity codes `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 +msgid "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with `account.report.external.value`. Each of these objects directly points to the expression it impacts, so very little needs to be done about their selection here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:100 -msgid "Quantity: weight and supplementary unit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 +msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:102 -msgid "Depending on the nature of the goods, it is necessary to specify either the product's weight in kilos (without packaging) or the product's supplementary unit, such as square meter (`m2`), number of items (`p/st`), liter (`l`), or gram (`g`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:106 -msgid "To add a product's weight or supplementary unit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, depending on the commodity code set, either fill in the product :guilabel:`Weight` or its :guilabel:`Supplementary Units`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "`most_recent`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:113 -msgid "Country of origin" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:115 -msgid "To add the product's country of origin, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set the :guilabel:`Country of Origin`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:121 -msgid "Invoices and bills configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "`rounding=X`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:123 -msgid "Once products are properly configured, several settings must be configured on the invoices and bills you create." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:129 -msgid "Transaction code" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 +msgid "`editable`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:131 -msgid "Transaction codes are used to identify a transaction's nature. :ref:`Default transaction codes ` can be set for invoice and refund transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 +msgid "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:134 -msgid "To set a transaction code on an invoice line, create an invoice or a bill, click the columns selection button, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat`, and use the newly-added :guilabel:`Intrastat` column to select a transaction code." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 +msgid "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:-1 -msgid "Adding the Intrastat column to an invoice or bill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 +msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:143 -msgid "`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat: Nature of transactions from January 2022 `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`editable;rounding=2`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:149 -msgid "Incoterm rule" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:151 -msgid "Incoterms are 11 internationally recognized rules defining the responsibilities of sellers and buyers, specifying who is responsible for paying and managing the shipment, insurance, documentation, customs clearance, and other logistical activities. A :ref:`default Incoterm ` can be set for all invoices and bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:156 -msgid "To set the Incoterm manually, create an invoice or a bill, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Incoterm`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 +msgid "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python function** to call, and the subformula is a **key** to fetch in the **dictionary** returned by this function. Use it only if you are making a custom module of your own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:160 -msgid "`Wikipedia: Incoterms `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 +msgid "Columns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:165 -msgid "Partner country" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +msgid "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The field :guilabel:`expression_label` of the column gives the label of the expressions whose value is displayed. If a line has no **expression** in that field, then nothing is displayed for it in this column. If multiple columns are required, you must use different **expression** labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:167 -msgid "The partner country represents the vendor's country for bills and the customer's country for invoices. It is automatically filled in using the country set in the contact's :guilabel:`Country` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:-1 +msgid "Columns of report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:171 -msgid "To edit the partner country manually, create an invoice or a bill, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Country`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 +msgid "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the :guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in and for each period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:177 -msgid "Transport code" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:3 +msgid "Data inalterability check report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:179 -msgid "The transport code identifies the presumed **mode of transport** used to send the goods (arrival or dispatch)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:5 +msgid "Tax authorities in some countries require companies to **prove their posted accounting entries are inalterable**, meaning that once an entry has been posted, it can no longer be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:182 -msgid "To add the transport code, create an invoice or a bill, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Transport Mode`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:8 +msgid "To do so, Odoo can use the **SHA-256 algorithm** to create a unique fingerprint for each posted entry. This fingerprint is called a hash. The hash is generated by taking an entry's essential data (the values of the `date`, `journal_id`, `company_id`, `debit`, `credit`, `account_id`, and `partner_id` fields), concatenating it, and inputting it to the SHA-256 hash function, which then outputs a fixed size (256-bit) string of characters. The hash function is deterministic (:dfn:`the same input always creates the same output`): any minor modification to the original data would completely change the resulting hash. Consequently, the SHA-256 algorithm is often used, among others, for data integrity verification purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:188 -msgid "Value of the goods" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:17 +msgid "In addition, the previous entry's hash is always added to the next entry to form a **hash chain**. This is used to ensure a new entry is not added afterward between two posted entries, as doing so would break the hash chain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:190 -msgid "The value of a good is the untaxed :guilabel:`Subtotal` (:guilabel:`Price` multiplied by :guilabel:`Quantity`) of an invoice line." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:22 +msgid "Hashes generated by the SHA-256 algorithm are theoretically not unique, as there is a finite number of possible values. However, this number is exceptionally high: 2²⁵⁶, which is a lot bigger than the number of atoms in the known universe. This is why hashes are considered unique in practice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:196 -msgid "Partner configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:30 +msgid "Lock posted entries with hash" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:198 -msgid "Two fields from the partner's contact form are used with Intrastat: :guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Country`. The country can be :ref:`manually set ` on the invoice or bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:32 +msgid "To start using the hashing function, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Journals`. Open the journal for which you want to activate the feature, go to the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and enable :guilabel:`Lock Posted Entries with Hash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:203 -msgid "Generate the Intrastat report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:37 +msgid "Once you post an entry on a locked journal, you cannot disable the feature anymore, nor edit any posted entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:205 -msgid "Generate the report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Intrastat Report`. It is automatically computed based on the :ref:`default configuration ` and the information found on the :ref:`products `, :ref:`invoices and bills `, and :ref:`partners `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:43 +msgid "Report download" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:211 -msgid "Export the report as a PDF, XLSX, or XML file to post it to your legal administration." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:45 +msgid "To download the data inalterability check report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Reporting` and click on :guilabel:`Download the Data Inalterability Check Report`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:213 -msgid "Each report line refers to a single invoice line and contains the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:48 +msgid "The report's first section is an overview of all your journals and their configuration. Under the inalterability check column, you can see whether or not a journal's posted entries are locked with a hash (V) or not (X). The coverage column tells you when a journal's posted entries started being locked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:215 -msgid "Invoice or bill reference number;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:-1 +msgid "Configuration report for two journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:216 -msgid "System, which is a code automatically generated depending on whether the document is an invoice (dispatch) or a bill (arrival);" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:57 +msgid "The second section gives you the result of the data consistency check for each hashed journal. You can view the first hashed entry and its corresponding hash and the last hashed entry and its corresponding hash." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:218 -msgid ":ref:`Country `, which is the vendor's country for arrivals and the customer's country for dispatches;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:-1 +msgid "Data consistency check report for a journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:220 -msgid ":ref:`Transaction Code `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:3 +msgid "Intrastat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:221 -msgid "(If your company is located in Belgium) :ref:`Region Code `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:5 +msgid "Intrastat is the data collection and statistics production system for goods traded among EU member states. It collects data on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:222 -msgid ":ref:`Commodity Code `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:8 +msgid "Commercial transactions of goods for use, consumption, investment, or resale with ownership transfer;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:223 -msgid ":ref:`Origin Country `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:10 +msgid "Goods movements without transfer of ownership (e.g., stock relocations or moves of goods before or after outsourced production or processing, and after maintenance or repair);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:224 -msgid ":ref:`Partner VAT `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:12 +msgid "Returns of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:225 -msgid ":ref:`Transport Code `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:15 +msgid "Although the Intrastat system continues to be used, the term Intrastat is not used in the `latest legislation `_, referring instead to *intra-Union trade in goods statistics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:226 -msgid ":ref:`Incoterm Code `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:20 +msgid "`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:227 -msgid ":ref:`Weight `;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:26 +msgid "General configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:228 -msgid ":ref:`Supplementary Units `; and" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:28 +msgid "Enable the Intrastat report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:229 -msgid ":ref:`Value `, which is always expressed in euros even if the original invoice or bill used another currency." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:33 +msgid "If your Odoo database was created before **January 13, 2022**, first :ref:`upgrade ` the `account_intrastat` module to add the new transaction codes and :ref:`install ` the `account_intrastat_expiry` module to archive the old codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 -msgid "Tax return (VAT declaration)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:40 +msgid "Default transaction codes: invoice and refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 -msgid "Companies with a registered :abbr:`VAT (Value Added Tax)` number must submit a **tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover and the registration regulation. A tax return - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable transactions made by the company. The **output tax** is charged on the number of goods and services sold by a business, while the **input tax** is the tax added to the price when goods or services are purchased. Based on these values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:42 +msgid "You can set a default :ref:`transaction code ` for all newly created invoice and refund transactions. Under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select a :guilabel:`Default invoice transaction code` and/or a :guilabel:`Default refund transaction code` and then :guilabel:`Save`. The code will be set automatically on all respective invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:14 -msgid "You can find additional information about VAT and its mechanism on this page from the European Commission: `\"What is VAT?\" `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:50 +msgid "Default Incoterm rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:52 +msgid "You can set a default :ref:`Incoterm rule ` to automatically populate the Incoterm field on all newly created invoices and bills. Under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the company's :guilabel:`Default Incoterm` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 -msgid "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo to compute your tax return correctly and also to send you a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:60 +msgid "Region code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Tax Return Periodicity`, you can set:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:62 +msgid "The region code is **only used by Belgian companies**. Under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the :guilabel:`Company Intrastat Region` where the company is located and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:33 -msgid ":guilabel:`Periodicity`: define here whether you submit your tax return on a monthly or quarterly basis;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:67 +msgid "If your warehouses are located in more than one region, you can define the region code at the level of each warehouse instead. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, select a warehouse, set its :guilabel:`Intrastat region`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Reminder`: define when Odoo should remind you to submit your tax return;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:0 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat region to a warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:78 +msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:-1 -msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:80 +msgid "All products must be properly configured to be included in the Intrastat report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 -msgid "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up <../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:85 +msgid "Commodity code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:49 -msgid "Tax Grids" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:87 +msgid "Commodity codes are internationally recognized reference numbers used to classify goods depending on their **nature**. Intrastat uses the `Combined Nomenclature `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo generates tax reports based on the :guilabel:`Tax Grids` settings that are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see the :guilabel:`Tax Grids` by opening the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of any invoice and bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:90 +msgid "To add a commodity code, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set the product's :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:-1 -msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:94 +msgid "`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat commodity codes `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:60 -msgid "To configure your tax grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record invoices or credit notes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:100 +msgid "Quantity: weight and supplementary unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:-1 -msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:102 +msgid "Depending on the nature of the goods, it is necessary to specify either the product's weight in kilos (without packaging) or the product's supplementary unit, such as square meter (`m2`), number of items (`p/st`), liter (`l`), or gram (`g`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:69 -msgid "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured in Odoo: a :ref:`fiscal localization package ` is installed according to the country you select at the creation of your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:106 +msgid "To add a product's weight or supplementary unit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, depending on the commodity code set, either fill in the product :guilabel:`Weight` or its :guilabel:`Supplementary Units`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:76 -msgid "Close a tax period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:113 +msgid "Country of origin" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:81 -msgid "Tax Lock Date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:115 +msgid "To add the product's country of origin, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set the :guilabel:`Country of Origin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 -msgid "Any new transaction whose accounting date prior to the :guilabel:`Tax Lock Date` has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:121 +msgid "Invoices and bills configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:87 -msgid "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your :guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`. This way, other users cannot modify or add transactions that would have an impact on the :guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`, which can help you avoid some tax declaration errors." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:123 +msgid "Once products are properly configured, several settings must be configured on the invoices and bills you create." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:92 -msgid "To check the current :guilabel:`Tax Lock Date`, or to edit it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Actions: Lock Dates`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:129 +msgid "Transaction code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:-1 -msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:131 +msgid "Transaction codes are used to identify a transaction's nature. :ref:`Default transaction codes ` can be set for invoice and refund transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:135 -msgid "Tax Report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:134 +msgid "To set a transaction code on an invoice line, create an invoice or a bill, click the columns selection button, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat`, and use the newly-added :guilabel:`Intrastat` column to select a transaction code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:104 -msgid "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period you want to report, open your :guilabel:`Tax Report` by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`. Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date filter, this way you can have an overview of your tax report. From this view, you can easily access different formats of your tax report, such as `PDF` and XLSX. These include all the values to report to the tax authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:-1 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat column to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:-1 -msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:143 +msgid "`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat: Nature of transactions from January 2022 `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 -msgid "If you forgot to lock your tax date before clicking on :guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same date as the accounting date of your entry. This safety mechanism can prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before, as described above." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:149 +msgid "Incoterm rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:122 -msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:151 +msgid "Incoterms are 11 internationally recognized rules defining the responsibilities of sellers and buyers, specifying who is responsible for paying and managing the shipment, insurance, documentation, customs clearance, and other logistical activities. A :ref:`default Incoterm ` can be set for all invoices and bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:156 +msgid "To set the Incoterm manually, create an invoice or a bill, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Incoterm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 -msgid "Create a report with customized formulas" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:160 +msgid "`Wikipedia: Incoterms `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. The engine allows you to create new reports, such as **tax reports**, or **balance sheets** and **income statements** with **specific groupings** and **layouts**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:165 +msgid "Partner country" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to access the accounting report creation interface." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:167 +msgid "The partner country represents the vendor's country for bills and the customer's country for invoices. It is automatically filled in using the country set in the contact's :guilabel:`Country` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:13 -msgid "To create a new report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Accounting Reports`. From here, you can either create a :ref:`root report ` or a :ref:`variant `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:171 +msgid "To edit the partner country manually, create an invoice or a bill, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:-1 -msgid "Accounting reports engine." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:177 +msgid "Transport code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:24 -msgid "Root reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:179 +msgid "The transport code identifies the presumed **mode of transport** used to send the goods (arrival or dispatch)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:26 -msgid "Root reports can be regarded as generic, neutral accounting reports. They serve as models on which local accounting versions are built. If a report has no root report, it is considered to be a root report itself." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:182 +msgid "To add the transport code, create an invoice or a bill, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Transport Mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 -msgid "A tax report for Belgium and the US would both use the same generic version as a base and adapt it for their domestic regulations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:188 +msgid "Value of the goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:34 -msgid "When creating a new root report, you need to create a **menu item** for it. To do so, open the report and then, on that same report, click on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Menu Item`. Refresh the page; the report is now available under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:190 +msgid "The value of a good is the untaxed :guilabel:`Subtotal` (:guilabel:`Price` multiplied by :guilabel:`Quantity`) of an invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 -msgid "Cases that require creating a new root report are rare, such as when a country's tax authorities require a new and specific type of report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:196 +msgid "Partner configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:-1 -msgid "Create Menu Item button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:198 +msgid "Two fields from the partner's contact form are used with Intrastat: :guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Country`. The country can be :ref:`manually set ` on the invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:49 -msgid "Variants" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:203 +msgid "Generate the Intrastat report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:51 -msgid "Variants are country-specific versions of root reports and, therefore, always refer to a root report. To create a variant, select a generic (root) report in the :guilabel:`Root Report` field when creating a new report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:205 +msgid "Generate the report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Intrastat Report`. It is automatically computed based on the :ref:`default configuration ` and the information found on the :ref:`products `, :ref:`invoices and bills `, and :ref:`partners `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 -msgid "When a root report is opened from one of the accounting app's main menus, all its variants are displayed in the variant selector in the top right corner of the view." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:211 +msgid "Export the report as a PDF, XLSX, or XML file to post it to your legal administration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 -msgid "In the following image, :guilabel:`VAT Report (BE)` is the variant of the root :guilabel:`Generic Tax report`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:213 +msgid "Each report line refers to a single invoice line and contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "Report variant selection." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice or bill reference number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:67 -msgid "Lines" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:216 +msgid "System, which is a code automatically generated depending on whether the document is an invoice (dispatch) or a bill (arrival);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:69 -msgid "After having created a report (either root or variant), you need to fill it with lines. You can either create a new one by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`, or modify an existing line by clicking on it. All lines *require* a :guilabel:`Name`, and can have an optional additional :guilabel:`Code` (of your choice) if you wish to use their value in formulas." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:218 +msgid ":ref:`Country `, which is the vendor's country for arrivals and the customer's country for dispatches;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:-1 -msgid "Engine lines options." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:220 +msgid ":ref:`Transaction Code `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 -msgid "Expressions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:221 +msgid "(If your company is located in Belgium) :ref:`Region Code `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:81 -msgid "Each line can contain one or multiple **expressions**. Expressions can be seen as **sub-variables** needed by a report line. To create an expression, click on :guilabel:`Add a line` *within* a line report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:222 +msgid ":ref:`Commodity Code `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 -msgid "When creating an expression, you must attribute a :guilabel:`label` used to refer to that expression. Therefore, it has to be **unique** among the expressions of each line. Both a :guilabel:`Computation Engine` and a :guilabel:`Formula` must also be indicated. The **engine** defines how your **formula(s)** and **subformula(s)** are interpreted. It is possible to mix expressions using different computation engines under the same line if you need to." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:223 +msgid ":ref:`Origin Country `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:92 -msgid "Depending on the engine, :guilabel:`subformulas` may also be required." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:224 +msgid ":ref:`Partner VAT `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:95 -msgid "'Odoo Domain' engine" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:225 +msgid ":ref:`Transport Code `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:97 -msgid "With this engine, a formula is interpreted as an :ref:`Odoo domain ` targeting `account.move.line` objects." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:226 +msgid ":ref:`Incoterm Code `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:100 -msgid "The subformula allows you to define how the move lines matching the domain are used to compute the value of the expression:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:227 +msgid ":ref:`Weight `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:224 -msgid "`sum`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:228 +msgid ":ref:`Supplementary Units `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:104 -msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:229 +msgid ":ref:`Value `, which is always expressed in euros even if the original invoice or bill used another currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:108 -msgid "`sum_if_pos`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:3 +msgid "Silverfin integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:107 -msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this amount is positive. Otherwise, it is `0`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:5 +msgid "`Silverfin `_ is a third-party service provider that offers a cloud platform for accountants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:112 -msgid "`sum_if_neg`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo and Silverfin provide an integration to automate the synchronization of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:111 -msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this amount is negative. Otherwise, it is `0`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:13 +msgid "To configure this integration, you need to input the following data into your Silverfin account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:117 -msgid "`count_rows`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:15 +msgid "user's email address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:115 -msgid "The result is the number of sub-lines of this expression. If the parent line has a group-by value, this will correspond to the number of distinct grouping keys in the matched move lines. Otherwise, it will be the number of matched move lines." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`Odoo API key `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:119 -msgid "You can also put a `-` sign at the beginning of the subformula to **reverse** the sign of the result." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:17 +msgid "URL of the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:-1 -msgid "Expression line within a line report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:18 +msgid "name of your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:127 -msgid "'Tax Tags' engine" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo API key" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:129 -msgid "A formula made for this engine consists of a name used to match tax tags. If such tags do not exist when creating the expression, they will be created." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:25 +msgid "You can create Odoo external API keys either :ref:`for a single database ` (hosting: Odoo Online, On-premise, and Odoo.sh) or :ref:`for multiple databases managed by a user ` (hosting: Odoo Online)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:132 -msgid "When evaluating the expression, the expression computation can roughly be expressed as: **(amount of the move lines with** `+` **tag)** `-` **(amount of the move lines with** `-` **tag)**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:30 +msgid "These API keys are personal and provide full access to your user account. Store it securely." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:136 -msgid "If the formula is `tag_name`, the engine matches tax tags `+tag_name` and `-tag_name`, creating them if necessary. To exemplify further: two tags are matched by the formula. If the formula is `A`, it will require (and create, if needed) tags `+A` and `-A`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:31 +msgid "You can copy the API key only at its creation, and you cannot retrieve it later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:141 -msgid "'Aggregate Other Formulas' engine" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:32 +msgid "If you need it again, create a new API key (and delete the old one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:143 -msgid "Use this engine when you need to perform arithmetic operations on the amounts obtained for other expressions. Formulas here are composed of references to expressions separated by one of the four basic arithmetic operators (addition `+`, subtraction `-`, division `/`, and multiplication `*`). To refer to an expression, type in its parent line's **code** followed by a period `.` and the expression's **label** (ex. **code.label**)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/developer/reference/external_api`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:149 -msgid "**Subformulas** can be one of the following:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:40 +msgid "One key per database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:153 -msgid "`if_above(CUR(amount))`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:42 +msgid "To create a new API key valid for a single database, click on the user menu, then on :guilabel:`My Profile`. Under the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, click on :guilabel:`New API key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and copy the new API key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:152 -msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:157 -msgid "`if_below(CUR(amount))`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`api/external_api/keys`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:156 -msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:56 +msgid "One key for multiple databases (fiduciaries)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:161 -msgid "`if_between(CUR1(amount1), CUR2(amount2))`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:58 +msgid "To create a new API key valid for all the databases of a single user **(the easiest for fiduciaries)**, navigate to `Odoo's website `_ and sign in with your administrator account. Next, open `your account security settings in developer mode `_, click on :guilabel:`New API Key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and copy the new API key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:160 -msgid "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is strictly between the provided bounds. Otherwise, it will be brought back to the closest bound." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for an Odoo user" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:163 -msgid "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of the bound expressed in that currency." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:166 -msgid "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found in another report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:169 -msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, because the total of the line is negative)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:171 -msgid "This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "`21`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100 for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "Arithmetic expressions can also be a single prefix, such as here." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:-1 +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "`21 + 10 - 5`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose codes start with `21` and `10`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on accounts with the prefix `5`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:183 -msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:-1 +msgid "pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "`21 + 10\\\\(101, 102) - 5\\\\(57)`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing transactions and the carryover from the previous period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "This formula works the same way as the previous example but ignores the prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:-1 +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:190 -msgid "You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and `D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix matches, *and* if the total balance of the move lines made on this account is **credit/debit**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax return (VAT declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:195 -msgid "Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of 25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns 25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "Companies with a registered :abbr:`VAT (Value Added Tax)` number must submit a **tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover and the registration regulation. A tax return - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable transactions made by the company. The **output tax** is charged on the number of goods and services sold by a business, while the **input tax** is the tax added to the price when goods or services are purchased. Based on these values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:199 -msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:14 +msgid "You can find additional information about VAT and its mechanism on this page from the European Commission: `\"What is VAT?\" `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "`21D + 10\\\\(101, 102)C - 5\\\\(57)`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose code starts with `21` *if* it is debit (`D`) and `10` *if* it is credit (`C`), but ignores prefixes `101`, `102`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo to compute your tax return correctly and also to send you a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:207 -msgid "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use an empty exclusion `()`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Tax Return Periodicity`, you can set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "`21D\\\\()`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Periodicity`: define here whether you submit your tax return on a monthly or quarterly basis;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "This formula matches accounts whose code starts with `21D`, regardless of their balance sign." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reminder`: define when Odoo should remind you to submit your tax return;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:214 -msgid "'External Value' engine" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:216 -msgid "The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with `account.report.external.value`. Each of these objects directly points to the expression it impacts, so very little needs to be done about their selection here." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:-1 +msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:221 -msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up <../get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:224 -msgid "If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:48 +msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:227 -msgid "`most_recent`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo generates tax reports based on the :guilabel:`Tax Grids` settings that are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see the :guilabel:`Tax Grids` by opening the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of any invoice and bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:227 -msgid "If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:-1 +msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:229 -msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:59 +msgid "To configure your tax grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:232 -msgid "`rounding=X`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:-1 +msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:232 -msgid "Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:68 +msgid "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured in Odoo: a :ref:`fiscal localization package ` is installed according to the country you select at the creation of your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:236 -msgid "`editable`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:235 -msgid "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:80 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:239 -msgid "Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:82 +msgid "Any new transaction whose accounting date prior to the :guilabel:`Tax Lock Date` has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:241 -msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:86 +msgid "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your :guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`. This way, other users cannot modify or add transactions that would have an impact on the :guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`, which can help you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "`editable;rounding=2`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:91 +msgid "To check the current :guilabel:`Tax Lock Date`, or to edit it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Actions: Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:0 -msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:-1 +msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:248 -msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:103 +msgid "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period you want to report, open your :guilabel:`Tax Report` by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`. Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date filter, this way you can have an overview of your tax report. From this view, you can easily access different formats of your tax report, such as `PDF` and XLSX. These include all the values to report to the tax authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:250 -msgid "This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python function** to call, and the subformula is a **key** to fetch in the **dictionary** returned by this function. Use it only if you are making a custom module of your own." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:-1 +msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:256 -msgid "Columns" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:115 +msgid "If you forgot to lock your tax date before clicking on :guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same date as the accounting date of your entry. This safety mechanism can prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before, as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:258 -msgid "Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The field :guilabel:`expression_label` of the column gives the label of the expressions whose value is displayed. If a line has no **expression** in that field, then nothing is displayed for it in this column. If multiple columns are required, you must use different **expression** labels." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:-1 -msgid "Columns of report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:268 -msgid "When using the **period comparison** feature found under the :guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in and for each period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:3 +msgid "Year-end closing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:3 -msgid "Data inalterability check report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:5 +msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:5 -msgid "Tax authorities in some countries require companies to **prove their posted accounting entries are inalterable**, meaning that once an entry has been posted, it can no longer be changed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:9 +msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:8 -msgid "To do so, Odoo can use the **SHA-256 algorithm** to create a unique fingerprint for each posted entry. This fingerprint is called a hash. The hash is generated by taking an entry's essential data (the values of the `date`, `journal_id`, `company_id`, `debit`, `credit`, `account_id`, and `partner_id` fields), concatenating it, and inputting it to the SHA-256 hash function, which then outputs a fixed size (256-bit) string of characters. The hash function is deterministic (:dfn:`the same input always creates the same output`): any minor modification to the original data would completely change the resulting hash. Consequently, the SHA-256 algorithm is often used, among others, for data integrity verification purposes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:17 -msgid "In addition, the previous entry's hash is always added to the next entry to form a **hash chain**. This is used to ensure a new entry is not added afterward between two posted entries, as doing so would break the hash chain." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:22 -msgid "Hashes generated by the SHA-256 algorithm are theoretically not unique, as there is a finite number of possible values. However, this number is exceptionally high: 2²⁵⁶, which is a lot bigger than the number of atoms in the known universe. This is why hashes are considered unique in practice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:30 -msgid "Lock posted entries with hash" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:19 +msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:32 -msgid "To start using the hashing function, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Journals`. Open the journal for which you want to activate the feature, go to the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and enable :guilabel:`Lock Posted Entries with Hash`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:25 +msgid "Manage fiscal years" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:37 -msgid "Once you post an entry on a locked journal, you cannot disable the feature anymore, nor edit any posted entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:27 +msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:43 -msgid "Report download" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 +msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:45 -msgid "To download the data inalterability check report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Reporting` and click on :guilabel:`Download the Data Inalterability Check Report`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:35 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:48 -msgid "The report's first section is an overview of all your journals and their configuration. Under the inalterability check column, you can see whether or not a journal's posted entries are locked with a hash (V) or not (X). The coverage column tells you when a journal's posted entries started being locked." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:38 +msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:-1 -msgid "Configuration report for two journals" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:42 +msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:57 -msgid "The second section gives you the result of the data consistency check for each hashed journal. You can view the first hashed entry and its corresponding hash and the last hashed entry and its corresponding hash." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 +msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/data_inalterability.rst:-1 -msgid "Data consistency check report for a journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:50 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Main reports available" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:52 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all countries :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:54 +msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:58 +msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:61 +msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:65 +msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**General Ledger**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:72 +msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:75 +msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:81 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Tax Report**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:85 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:19 -msgid "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:87 +msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:23 -msgid "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the default **Previous 1 Period** option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:92 +msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:31 -msgid "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity of your organisation as at a particular date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:103 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:38 -msgid "Profit and Loss" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 +msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:40 -msgid "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:112 +msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:48 -msgid "Executive Summary" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:7 +msgid "There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly, depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:50 -msgid "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important figures you need to run your company." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:16 +msgid "**Default Taxes** define which taxes are automatically selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:53 -msgid "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is reporting :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Performance:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:23 +msgid "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:58 -msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :ref:`fiscal localization package ` for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:65 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:38 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a result of those sales)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:40 +msgid "As part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `, most of your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:44 +msgid "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 -msgid "**Position:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:55 +msgid "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 -msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), across all your customer invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:64 +msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 -msgid "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across all your bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:80 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:78 -msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:83 -msgid "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:94 -msgid "General Ledger" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:76 +msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:96 -msgid "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that occurred during a certain period of time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:81 +msgid "Tax Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:106 -msgid "Aged Payable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the :ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:108 -msgid "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have gone unpaid." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "Tax Computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:116 -msgid "Aged Receivable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:91 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:118 -msgid "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:93 +msgid "The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes :ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing and financing activities." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:101 +msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:137 -msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:103 +msgid "The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 -msgid "Tax carryover" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:106 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 -msgid "When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 -msgid "It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, because the total of the line is negative)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 -msgid "The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 -msgid "Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100 for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Total" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:-1 -msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 -msgid "In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 -msgid "If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:-1 -msgid "pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:115 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 -msgid "At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:117 +msgid "The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:-1 -msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:120 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:3 -msgid "Silverfin integration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:5 -msgid "`Silverfin `_ is a third-party service provider that offers a cloud platform for accountants." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:130 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo and Silverfin provide an integration to automate the synchronization of data." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:132 +msgid "The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:13 -msgid "To configure this integration, you need to input the following data into your Silverfin account:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:134 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:15 -msgid "user's email address" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:16 -msgid ":ref:`Odoo API key `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:17 -msgid "URL of the Odoo database" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:147 +msgid "Active" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:18 -msgid "name of your Odoo database" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:149 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo API key" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:152 +msgid "It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:25 -msgid "You can create Odoo external API keys either :ref:`for a single database ` (hosting: Odoo Online, On-premise, and Odoo.sh) or :ref:`for multiple databases managed by a user ` (hosting: Odoo Online)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above ` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:30 -msgid "These API keys are personal and provide full access to your user account. Store it securely." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:162 +msgid "Tax Scope" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:31 -msgid "You can copy the API key only at its creation, and you cannot retrieve it later." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:164 +msgid "The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts where it is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:32 -msgid "If you need it again, create a new API key (and delete the old one)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`/developer/reference/external_api`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:167 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:40 -msgid "One key per database" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**None**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:42 -msgid "To create a new API key valid for a single database, click on the user menu, then on :guilabel:`My Profile`. Under the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, click on :guilabel:`New API key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and copy the new API key." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:171 +msgid "You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other Sales or Purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:-1 -msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for a database" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:177 +msgid "Definition tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`api/external_api/keys`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:179 +msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:56 -msgid "One key for multiple databases (fiduciaries)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:58 -msgid "To create a new API key valid for all the databases of a single user **(the easiest for fiduciaries)**, navigate to `Odoo's website `_ and sign in with your administrator account. Next, open `your account security settings in developer mode `_, click on :guilabel:`New API Key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and copy the new API key." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:185 +msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:-1 -msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for an Odoo user" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:187 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 -msgid "Taxation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:188 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:190 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:191 +msgid "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports ` automatically, according to your country's regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:197 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:202 +msgid "Label on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:204 +msgid "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:214 +msgid "Tax Group" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:216 +msgid "Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the :ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported invoices, and the Customer Portals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 -msgid "Year-end checklist" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:219 +msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal Positions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:225 +msgid "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids. Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:233 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:235 +msgid "With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same **Analytic Account** as the invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 +msgid "Included in Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:243 +msgid "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales Price**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:245 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:247 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "900.10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "90.9" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded, please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:262 +msgid "**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** field, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:273 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:275 +msgid "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the other taxes applied to the same product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:278 +msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include this tax, or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 +msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:285 +msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:289 +msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:0 +msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:297 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:298 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 +msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included) pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): that's easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product form within the same company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of 10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates, or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 @@ -8365,1194 +8118,1463 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "always store the default price **tax excluded** on the product form, and apply a tax (price excluded on the product form)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in **tax included**, for specific customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:101 msgid "If you only use B2C or B2B prices on your website, simply select the appropriate setting in the **Website** app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:104 msgid "If you have both B2B and B2C prices on a single website, please follow these instructions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:106 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and go to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:108 msgid "Open either `Technical / Tax display B2B` or `Technical / Tax display B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:109 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Users` tab, add the users requiring access to the price type. Add B2C users in the B2C group and B2B users in the B2B group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:113 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:115 msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:123 msgid "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices per customer segment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:128 msgid "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:132 msgid "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€, from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:141 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:143 msgid "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax included in price)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:152 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:154 msgid "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:161 msgid "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:169 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:172 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:174 msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:179 msgid "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:182 msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 msgid "Avatax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 msgid "Credential configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 msgid "To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the :guilabel:`Avatax` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 msgid "If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get Credentials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 msgid "Configure Avatax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 msgid "Tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the included Avatax fiscal position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the product categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 msgid "Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 msgid "Override product categories as needed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 msgid "Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate address` link in the customer form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 msgid "Validate customer addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 msgid "If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original address in the wizard that pops up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 msgid "Address validation wizard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 msgid "Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these documents are in draft mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:5 msgid "Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:10 msgid "You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:16 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:19 msgid "Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:-1 msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:28 msgid "By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:31 msgid "Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either :guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:35 msgid "The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:-1 msgid "Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" "is registered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:43 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:-1 msgid "Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" "reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:54 msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:56 msgid "To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a cash basis tax of 15%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:63 msgid "The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is currently empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:66 msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:86 msgid "Receivable $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:72 msgid "Income $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:103 msgid "Temporary tax account $150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:77 msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:80 msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:84 msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:90 msgid "Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:93 msgid "Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below entry is automatically created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:105 msgid "Income account $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:107 msgid "Tax Received $150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:110 msgid "The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:113 msgid "Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community distance selling" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "**Distance sales within the European Union** include cross-border sales of goods and services to a private consumer (B2C) in another EU Member State when the seller doesn't meet face-to-face with the customer. Organizations must ensure that the VAT on distance sales is paid to the Member State in which the goods or services are delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the Fiscal Position." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:11 +msgid "This remains true even if your organization is located outside of the European Union." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :ref:`fiscal localization package ` for your company." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:13 +msgid "While this regulation mainly applies to :doc:`eCommerce <../../../websites/ecommerce>` sales to private EU consumers, it is also valid for mail order sales and telesales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:16 +msgid "The Union **One-Stop Shop (OSS)** is an online portal where businesses can register for the OSS and declare their intra-community distance sales. Each EU member state integrates an online OSS portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "The **EU intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps your organization comply with this regulation by creating and configuring new :doc:`fiscal positions ` and :doc:`taxes <../taxes>` based on your company's country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-specific." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:24 +msgid "`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:32 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes`, then enable **EU intra-community Distance Selling** (or **EU Digital Goods VAT** if you created your database before July 1, 2021), and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 -msgid "EU intra-community distance selling" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:-1 +msgid "EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 -msgid "**Distance sales within the European Union** include cross-border sales of goods and services to a private consumer (B2C) in another EU Member State when the seller doesn't meet face-to-face with the customer. Organizations must ensure that the VAT on distance sales is paid to the Member State in which the goods or services are delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:41 +msgid "Please :ref:`upgrade the module ` `l10n_eu_service` if you already installed it before **July 1, 2021**, or if you activated the feature **EU Digital Goods VAT** in the Accounting settings. Then, make sure to :ref:`refresh the tax mapping `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:11 -msgid "This remains true even if your organization is located outside of the European Union." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:49 +msgid "Fiscal Positions and Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:13 -msgid "While this regulation mainly applies to :doc:`eCommerce <../../../../websites/ecommerce>` sales to private EU consumers, it is also valid for mail order sales and telesales." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:51 +msgid "Once enabled, the feature automatically creates all the necessary taxes and fiscal positions needed for each EU member state, based on your company's country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:16 -msgid "The Union **One-Stop Shop (OSS)** is an online portal where businesses can register for the OSS and declare their intra-community distance sales. Each EU member state integrates an online OSS portal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the products and services you sell before using it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 -msgid "The **EU intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps your organization comply with this regulation by creating and configuring new :doc:`fiscal positions ` and :doc:`taxes ` based on your company's country." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:60 +msgid "Refresh tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:24 -msgid "`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:62 +msgid "Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can update automatically your fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:32 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes`, then enable **EU intra-community Distance Selling** (or **EU Digital Goods VAT** if you created your database before July 1, 2021), and *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:64 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes --> EU intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the *Refresh tax mapping* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:-1 -msgid "EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:41 -msgid "Please :ref:`upgrade the module ` `l10n_eu_service` if you already installed it before **July 1, 2021**, or if you activated the feature **EU Digital Goods VAT** in the Accounting settings. Then, make sure to :ref:`refresh the tax mapping `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers' localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:49 -msgid "Fiscal Positions and Taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:51 -msgid "Once enabled, the feature automatically creates all the necessary taxes and fiscal positions needed for each EU member state, based on your company's country." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 +msgid "They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, :ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 -msgid "We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the products and services you sell before using it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:60 -msgid "Refresh tax mapping" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:62 -msgid "Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can update automatically your fiscal positions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +msgid "To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:64 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes --> EU intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the *Refresh tax mapping* button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 +msgid "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' and providers' localizations and business types." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 -msgid "Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 +msgid "To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid ":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 +msgid "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 +msgid "To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:34 -msgid "To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify or click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 -msgid "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts defined in the products' forms." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:42 -msgid "To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field **Tax to Apply** empty." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer has logged in or filled out their billing details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 -msgid "To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same **Tax on Product**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:46 -msgid "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets *country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be applied to customers from *country A*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "Automatic application" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 +msgid "Assign to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "TaxCloud integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +msgid "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +msgid "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to :guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific tax rates or exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The :guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product is found on an order/invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +msgid "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +msgid "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the :guilabel:`Product Category` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its :guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` found on the product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +msgid "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +msgid "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that **every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=` in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search More...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +msgid "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model, and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the :guilabel:`Model` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +msgid "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the :guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the :guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +msgid "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions `. A fiscal position for the United States is created when enabling TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +msgid "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +msgid "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the :guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this might be unexpected from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the **Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:-1 +msgid "Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on *Save*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:-1 +msgid "Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is invalid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, following a set of conditions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "`European Commission: VIES search engine `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:56 -msgid "To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:287 +msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 -msgid "**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's contact form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:7 +msgid "In Odoo, we can register vendor bills **manually** or **automatically**, while the **Aged Payable report** provides an overview of all outstanding bills to help us pay the correct amounts on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 -msgid "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these countries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:12 +msgid "Tutorial `Registering a vendor bill `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 +msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 -msgid "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has logged in or filled out their billing details." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:71 -msgid "The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple Fiscal Positions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:21 +msgid "Create a vendor bill manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:74 -msgid "For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises *country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers from *country A*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 +msgid "Automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:81 -msgid "Application" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:27 +msgid "Vendor bills can be automatically created by **sending an email** to an :ref:`email alias ` associated with the purchase journal, or by **uploading a PDF** in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and then clicking :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:32 +msgid "Bill completion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a specific partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:34 +msgid "Whether the bill is created manually or automatically, make sure the following fields are appropriately completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:90 -msgid "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Odoo automatically fills some information based on the vendor's registered information, previous purchase orders, or bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 -msgid "Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: add the sales order reference provided by the vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching ` when you receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Auto-Complete`: select a past bill/purchase order to automatically complete the document. The :guilabel:`Vendor` field should be completed prior to completing this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 -msgid "To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal Position** *before* adding product lines." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: is the issuance date of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: is the date on which the document is registered in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Reference`: when registering the payment, it is automatically indicated in the :guilabel:`Memo` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recipient Bank`: to indicate to which account number the payment has to be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Due Date` or :guilabel:`Terms` to pay the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: select in which journal the bill should be recorded and the :doc:`Currency `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:-1 +msgid "filling the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:57 +msgid "Bills can be :doc:`digitized ` for automatic completion by clicking :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:59 +msgid "If you upload the bill, the PDF document is displayed on the right of the screen, allowing you to easily fill in the bill information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:63 +msgid "Bill confirmation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:65 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` when the document is completed. The status of your document changes to :guilabel:`Posted` and a journal entry is generated based on the configuration on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:69 +msgid "Once confirmed, it is no longer possible to update it. Click :guilabel:`Reset to draft` if changes are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:73 +msgid "Bill Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:75 +msgid "Upon payment of the vendor bill, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`. A new window pops up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:77 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Journal`, the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, the :guilabel:`Amount` you wish to pay (full or partial payment), and the :guilabel:`Currency`. Odoo fills the :guilabel:`Memo` field automatically if the :guilabel:`Payment Reference` has been set correctly in the vendor bill. If the field is empty, we recommend you select the vendor invoice number as a reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:82 +msgid "Once confirmed, an :guilabel:`In Payment` banner appears on the bill until it is :doc:`reconciled `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "TaxCloud integration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:86 +msgid "Aged payable report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:88 +msgid "To get an overview of your open vendor bills and their related due dates, you can use the **Aged Payable report**. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged payable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 -msgid "TaxCloud registration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:92 +msgid "Click on a vendor's name to open up the details of all outstanding bills, the amounts due, the due dates, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -msgid "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:96 +msgid "By clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button, you can export the information available on the screen as a PDF or XLSX file and save it in the folder of your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:98 +msgid "You might receive several bills for the same purchase order if your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 -msgid "Enable TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to :guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific tax rates or exemptions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The :guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product is found on an order/invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 -msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 -msgid "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 -msgid "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the :guilabel:`Product Category` instead." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its :guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` found on the product itself." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 -msgid "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 -msgid "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and edit your company address." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 -msgid "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that **every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=` in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used later." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search More...`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 -msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 -msgid "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model, and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the :guilabel:`Model` column." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 -msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 -msgid "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the :guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 -msgid "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the :guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 -msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 -msgid "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions `. A fiscal position for the United States is created when enabling TaxCloud." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 -msgid "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:-1 -msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 -msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 -msgid "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the :guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 -msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 -msgid "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 -msgid "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 -msgid "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this might be unexpected from a user point of view." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly, depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and computations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "As part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `, most of your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can activate only the ones relevant for your business." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your **Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:18 -msgid "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a tax." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: :ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:30 -msgid "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:40 -msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:44 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:44 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease** and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:44 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:47 -msgid "Back end" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:47 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:47 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Options" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:57 -msgid "Tax Name" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:59 -msgid "The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the :ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, Products, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:65 -msgid "Tax Computation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:67 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:69 -msgid "The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:73 -msgid "Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes :ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:77 -msgid "**Fixed**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:79 -msgid "The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the same, regardless of the Sales Price." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:82 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 fixed* tax. We then have:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:230 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:230 -msgid "Price without tax" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:230 -msgid "Tax" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:230 -msgid "Total" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:233 -msgid "1,000" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 -msgid "10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:88 -msgid "1,010.00" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:-1 +msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:91 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:93 -msgid "The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred expenses and prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:96 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax. We then have:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:103 -msgid "1,100.00" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:106 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:108 -msgid "The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the Total." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:110 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:117 -msgid "111.11" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:117 -msgid "1,111.11" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:123 -msgid "Active" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:125 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:128 -msgid "It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you can deactivate them to prevent future use." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:132 -msgid "This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above ` for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:138 -msgid "Tax Scope" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:140 -msgid "The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts where it is displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:142 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**None**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:147 -msgid "You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other Sales or Purchase taxes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:153 -msgid "Definition tab" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:155 -msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:162 -msgid "**Based On**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:164 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:167 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports <../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your country's regulations." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:174 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:179 -msgid "Label on Invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:181 -msgid "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:192 -msgid "Tax Group" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:194 -msgid "Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the :ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported invoices, and the Customer Portals." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:197 -msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal Positions `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:204 -msgid "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids. Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:212 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:214 -msgid "With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same **Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:220 -msgid "Included in Price" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:222 -msgid "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales Price**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see: `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:224 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:226 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:233 -msgid "900.10" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:233 -msgid "90.9" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 +msgid "**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:233 -msgid "1,000.00" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:237 -msgid "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded, please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:13 +msgid "`Test Odoo's invoice digitization `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:241 -msgid "**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** field, then click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:245 -msgid "**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 +msgid "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:252 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 +msgid "If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:254 -msgid "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the other taxes applied to the same product." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 +msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:257 -msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:-1 -msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and select :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:265 -msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 +msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:269 -msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:44 +msgid "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:0 -msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:47 +msgid "You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:51 +msgid "The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:55 +msgid "If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../documents>` app, you can automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 +msgid "The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT number without leaving Odoo interface." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:63 +msgid "To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "Invoice digitization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:70 +msgid "According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:73 +msgid "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and selecting the proper information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the **Country** and **VAT** fields." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:-1 -msgid "Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on *Save*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:79 +msgid "It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system identifies the correct data for future digitizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an error message if the VAT number is invalid." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:86 +msgid "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:-1 -msgid "Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is invalid" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:89 +msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other fields' validity." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:98 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "`European Commission: VIES search engine `__" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:3 @@ -9828,10 +9850,14 @@ msgid "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:212 -msgid ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization <../finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization>`" +msgid ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization <../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:113 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "" @@ -9997,11 +10023,11 @@ msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payments/pay_checks`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:167 -msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payments/pay_sepa`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 @@ -10012,6 +10038,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your customers automatically." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" msgstr "" @@ -10122,11 +10154,11 @@ msgid "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts`" +msgid ":doc:`accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes`" +msgid ":doc:`accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:55 @@ -10390,7 +10422,7 @@ msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 -msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" +msgid ":doc:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 @@ -10453,6 +10485,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 @@ -10462,6 +10521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 msgid "Description" msgstr "" @@ -10622,13 +10682,6 @@ msgid "Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without "certificate/keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 msgid "Identification type and VAT" msgstr "" @@ -11555,7 +11608,7 @@ msgid "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases host msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -11645,7 +11698,7 @@ msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 -msgid "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding>` feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of `0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." +msgid "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of `0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 @@ -12313,8 +12366,6 @@ msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:139 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:306 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:449 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" @@ -12836,7 +12887,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "" @@ -12982,8 +13033,8 @@ msgid "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:385 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" @@ -13808,7 +13859,7 @@ msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:55 -msgid "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and validate :doc:`Electronics Documents <../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, based on the Technical documentation published by the SRI. The authorized documents are: Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." +msgid "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and validate :doc:`Electronics Documents <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, based on the Technical documentation published by the SRI. The authorized documents are: Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:62 @@ -14020,7 +14071,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 @@ -14083,7 +14134,7 @@ msgid "Configuring purchase liquidations for Ecuador electronic document type of msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:239 -msgid "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>` is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in Taxes, Default Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." +msgid "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in Taxes, Default Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 @@ -14264,7 +14315,7 @@ msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:360 -msgid "The :doc:`Customer credit note <../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document that, when validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a credit note. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Credit note`, click on this button to be directed to the :guilabel:`Create credit note` form, then complete the following information:" +msgid "The :doc:`Customer credit note <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document that, when validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a credit note. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Credit note`, click on this button to be directed to the :guilabel:`Create credit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:366 @@ -14579,6 +14630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:8 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" @@ -14686,8 +14738,6 @@ msgid "These codes are confidential and should be stored safely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:254 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:25 @@ -14774,7 +14824,7 @@ msgid "`Egyptian eInvoicing & eReceipt SDK - Code Tables `" +msgid ":ref:`Indian E-way bill integration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - GSTR India eFiling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports_gstr`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Indian GST Return filing `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:32 -msgid "Indian e-invoicing" +msgid "`l10n_in_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:33 +msgid ":ref:`Indian tax reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) e-Invoice system** requirements." +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Purchase Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_in_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:36 +msgid "Indian GST Purchase report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:37 -msgid "Indian e-invoicing is available from Odoo 15.0. If needed, :doc:`upgrade ` your database." +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Sale Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_in_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:39 +msgid "Indian GST Sale report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Stock Report(GST)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:43 -msgid "Registration on your NIC e-Invoice web portal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_in_stock`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:45 -msgid "You must register on the **NIC e-Invoice** web portal to get your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:42 +msgid "Indian GST Stock report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:48 -msgid "Log in to the NIC e-Invoice web portal at https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/ by clicking on :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Indian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:50 +msgid "e-Invoice system" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:52 -msgid "If you have already registered on the NIC Eway Bill Production portal, then you can use the same login credentials here." +msgid "Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) e-Invoice system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:60 +msgid "NIC e-Invoice registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:62 +msgid "You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` e-Invoice portal to get your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 +msgid "Log in to the `NIC e-Invoice portal `_ by clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:70 +msgid "If you are already registered on the NIC portal, you can use the same login credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 msgid "Register Odoo ERP system on e-invoice web portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:59 -msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`API Registration --> User Credentials --> Create API User`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:75 +msgid "From the dashboard, go to :menuselection:`API Registration --> User Credentials --> Create API User`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:77 +msgid "After that, you should receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code on your registered mobile number. Enter the OTP code and click :guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:79 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Through GSP` for the API interface, set :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as GSP, and type in a :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` for your API. Once it is done, click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "Click on User Credentials and Create API User" +msgid "Submit API specific Username and Password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 -msgid "After that, you receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code to your registered mobile number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:228 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:91 +msgid "To enable the e-Invoice service in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic Invoicing`, and enter the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` previously set for the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Setup e-invoice service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:103 +msgid "To automatically send e-Invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal, you must first configure your *sales* journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening your *sales* journal, and in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data Interchange`, enable :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:118 +msgid "Once an invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the top. Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file of validated invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal after some time. If you want to process the invoice immediately, click :guilabel:`Process now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Indian e-invoicing confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:266 +msgid "You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:127 +msgid "You can check the document's :abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)` status under the :guilabel:`EDI Document` tab or the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +msgid "Invoice PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:135 +msgid "Once an invoice is validated and submitted, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes the :abbr:`IRN (Invoice Reference Number)`, :guilabel:`Ack. No` (acknowledgment number) and :guilabel:`Ack. Date` (acknowledgment date), and QR code. These certify that the invoice is a valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "IRN and QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:231 -msgid "Enter the OTP code and click on :guilabel:`Verify OTP`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:146 +msgid "e-Invoice cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:148 +msgid "If you want to cancel an e-Invoice, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab of the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI cancellation`. The status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to :guilabel:`To Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:154 +msgid "Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice ` and the :ref:`E-Way bill `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:161 +msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, then click :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:163 +msgid "Once you request to cancel the e-Invoice, Odoo automatically submits the JSON-signed file to the NIC e-Invoice portal. You can click :guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:170 +msgid "GST e-Invoice verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:172 +msgid "After submitting an e-Invoice, you can verify if the invoice is signed from the GST e-Invoice system website itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:175 +msgid "Download the JSON file from the attached files. It can be found in the chatter of the related invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:177 +msgid "Open the `NIC e-Invoice portal `_ and go to :menuselection:`Search --> Verify Signed Invoice`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:179 +msgid "Select the JSON file and submit it;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "Trigger an OTP to your registered phone number" +msgid "select the JSON file for verify invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:73 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Through GSP` in the first field, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your GSP, and type in a :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` for your API." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:184 +msgid "If the file is signed, a confirmation message is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "Submit API specific Username and Password" +msgid "verified e-invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:192 +msgid "E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:197 +msgid "Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) E-waybill system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:202 +msgid "API registration on NIC E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:204 +msgid "You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` E-Way bill portal to create your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:208 +msgid "Log in to the `NIC E-Way bill portal `_ by clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:210 +msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Registration --> For GSP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:211 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Send OTP`. Once you have received the code on your registered mobile number, enter it and click :guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:213 +msgid "Check if :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` is already on the registered GSP/ERP list. If so, use the username and password used to log in to the NIC portal. Otherwise, follow the next steps;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "E-Way bill list of registered GSP/ERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:219 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add/New`, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your GSP Name, create a :guilabel:`Username` and a :guilabel:`Password` for your API, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Submit GSP API registration details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:230 +msgid "To set up the E-Way bill service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic WayBill --> Setup E-Way bill`, and enter your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "E-way bill setup odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:245 +msgid "Send an E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:247 +msgid "You can manually send an E-Way bill by clicking :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`. To send the E-Way bill automatically when an invoice or a bill is confirmed, enable :guilabel:`E-Way bill (IN)` in your :ref:`Sales or Purchase journal `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Send E-waybill button on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:259 +msgid "Once an invoice has been issued and sent via :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`, a confirmation message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Indian e-Way bill confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:267 +msgid "Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal after some time. Click :guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:273 +msgid "You can print the invoice PDF report once you have submitted the E-Way bill. The report includes the **E-Way bill number** and the **E-Way bill validity date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "E-way bill acknowledgment number and date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:282 +msgid "E-Way bill cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:284 +msgid "If you want to cancel an E-Way bill, go to the :guilabel:`E-Way bill` tab of the related invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:289 +msgid "Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice ` (if applicable) and the :ref:`E-Way bill `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:296 +msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, click :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:80 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Submit`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:298 +msgid "Once you request to cancel the E-Way bill, Odoo automatically submits the JSON-signed file to the government portal. You can click :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:87 -msgid "To set up the e-invoice service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic Invoicing`, and enter the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:305 +msgid "Indian GST Return filing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Setup e-invoice service" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:310 +msgid "Enable API access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:99 -msgid "Your default *sales* journal should be already configured correctly. You can check it or configure other journals by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`. Then, open your *sales* journal, and in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data Interchange`, check :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:312 +msgid "To file GST Returns in Odoo, you must first enable API access on the GST portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Journal configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:314 +msgid "Log into the `GST portal `_ by entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`, and go to :guilabel:`My Profile` on your **profile menu**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:113 -msgid "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or the invoice menu in the Accounting application." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click On the My Profile from profile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:121 -msgid "Once the invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the top." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:321 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Manage API Access`, and click :guilabel:`Yes` to enable API access;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:123 -msgid "Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal after a while. If you want to process the invoice immediately, you can click on :guilabel:`Process Now`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click Yes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Indian e-invoicing confirmation message: \"The invoice will be processed asynchronously by\n" -"the following E-invoicing service : E-Invoice (IN)\"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:326 +msgid "Doing so enables a :guilabel:`Duration` drop-down menu. Select the :guilabel:`Duration` of your preference, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:132 -msgid "You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files, in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:332 +msgid "Indian GST Service In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 -msgid "You can check the status of EDI with web-service under the :guilabel:`EDI Document` tab or the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:334 +msgid "Once you have enabled the :ref:`API access ` on the GST portal, you can set up the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:141 -msgid "Once the invoice is submitted and validated, you can print the invoice PDF report. The report includes the :abbr:`IRN (Invoice Reference Number)`, acknowledgment number and date, and QR code. They certify that the invoice is a valid fiscal document." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:337 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian GST Service` and enter the :guilabel:`GST Username`. Click :guilabel:`Send OTP`, enter the code, and finally, :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "IRN and QR code" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Please enter your GST portal Username as Username" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:152 -msgid "EDI Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:347 +msgid "File-in GST Return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:154 -msgid "If you want to cancel an e-invoice, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab of the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click on :guilabel:`Request EDI cancellation`. The status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to :guilabel:`To Cancel`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:349 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` is configured, you can file your GST return. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> India --> GST Return periods` and create a new **GST Return Period** if it does not exist. GST Return file-in is done in **three steps** in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:325 -msgid "Doing so cancels both the :ref:`E-invoice ` and the :ref:`E-waybill `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:354 +msgid "**Tax Return Periodicity** can be :doc:`configured <../accounting/reporting/tax_returns>` according to the user's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "cancel reason and remarks" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:361 +msgid "Send GSTR-1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:168 -msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, then click on :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:363 +msgid "The user can verify the :ref:`GSTR-1 ` report before uploading it to the **GST portal** by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-1 Report`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:170 -msgid "Once you request to cancel the e-invoice, Odoo automatically submits the JSON Signed file to the government portal. You can click on :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:365 +msgid "If the **GSTR-1** report is correct, then click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to send it to the **GST portal**. The status of the :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report changes to :guilabel:`Sending`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:177 -msgid "Verify the e-invoice from the GST" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Sending Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:179 -msgid "After submitting an e-invoice, you can also verify the signed invoice from the GST e-Invoice system website." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:371 +msgid "After a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-1** report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting for Status`. It means that the **GSTR-1** report has been sent to the :guilabel:`GST Portal` and is being verified on the :guilabel:`GST Portal`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:182 -msgid "Download the JSON file from the attached files." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Waiting for Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:183 -msgid "Open the e-invoice portal: https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/ and go to :menuselection:`Search --> Verify Signed Invoice`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:378 +msgid "Once more, after a few seconds, the status either changes to :guilabel:`Sent` or :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`. The status :guilabel:`Error in Invoice` indicates that some of the invoices are not correctly filled out to be validated by the **GST portal**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:185 -msgid "Select the JSON file and submit it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:382 +msgid "If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Sent`, it means your **GSTR-1** report is ready to be filed on the **GST portal**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "select the JSON file for verify invoice" +msgid "GSTR-1 Sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:191 -msgid "You can check the verified signed e-invoice here." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:388 +msgid "If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`, invoices can be checked for errors in the :guilabel:`Log Note`. Once issues have been resolved, the user can click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to submit the file again on the **GST portal**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "verified e-invoice" +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:200 -msgid "Indian E-waybill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice Log" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:202 -msgid "Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) E-waybill system** requirements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:398 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Mark as Filed` after filing the **GSTR-1** report on the **GST portal**. The status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Filed` in **Odoo**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:205 -msgid "Indian E-waybill is available from Odoo 15.0. If needed, :doc:`upgrade ` your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Filed Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:211 -msgid "API Registration on your NIC E-waybill web portal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:407 +msgid "Receive GSTR-2B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:213 -msgid "You must register on the **NIC E-waybill** web portal to create your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:409 +msgid "Users can retrieve the **GSTR-2B Report** from the **GST portal**. This automatically reconciles the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:216 -msgid "Log in to the NIC E-waybill web portal at https://ewaybillgst.gov.in/ by clicking on :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:412 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Fetch GSTR-2B Summary` to retrieve the **GSTR-2B** summary. After a few seconds, the status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting for Reception`. This means Odoo is trying to receive the **GSTR-2B** report from the **GST portal**;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill login" +msgid "GSTR-2B in Waiting for Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:223 -msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Registration --> For GSP`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:419 +msgid "Once more, after a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-2B** changes to the :guilabel:`Being Processed`. It means Odoo is reconciling the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill registration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:425 +msgid "Once it is done, the status of the **GSTR-2B** report changes to either :guilabel:`Matched` or :guilabel:`Partially Matched`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:229 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Send OTP`; you should receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code to your registered mobile number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:428 +msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Matched`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill OTP verification" +msgid "GSTR-2B Matched" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:237 -msgid "Check if :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` is already on the list of registered GSP/ERP. If so, use this username and password. Otherwise, follow the next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:433 +msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Partially Matched`, you can make changes in bills by clicking :guilabel:`View Reconciled Bills`. Once it is done, click :guilabel:`re-match`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill list of registered GSP/ERP" +msgid "GSTR-2B Partially Matched" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:244 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add/New`, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your GSP Name, create a :guilabel:`Username` and a :guilabel:`Password` for your API, and click on :guilabel:`Add`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Reconciled Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "Submit GSP API registration details" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:490 +msgid "GSTR-3 report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:256 -msgid "To set up the E-waybill service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic WayBill --> Setup E-Waybill`, and enter your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:447 +msgid "The :ref:`GSTR-3 ` report is a monthly summary of **sales** and **purchases**. This return is auto-generated by extracting information from **GSTR-1** and **GSTR-2**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "E-waybill setup odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:450 +msgid "Users can compare the **GSTR-3** report with the **GSTR-3** report available on the **GST portal** to verify if they match by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-3 Report`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:269 -msgid "To issue an E-waybill from Odoo, you must create an invoice/bill with the details of the E-waybill using the standard invoicing/bill flow (either from a sales/purchase order or the invoice/bill menu in Accounting)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:453 +msgid "Once the **GSTR-3** report has been verified by the user and the tax amount on the **GST portal** has been paid. Once paid, the report can be **closed** by clicking :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:276 -msgid "Send an E-waybill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:278 -msgid "You can manually send an E-waybill by clicking on :guilabel:`Send E-waybill`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:459 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Closing Entry`, add the tax amount paid on the **GST portal** using challan, and click :guilabel:`POST` to post the :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Send E-waybill button on invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Post Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:284 -msgid "To send the E-waybill automatically when you confirm an invoice or a bill, enable :guilabel:`E-waybill (IN)` in your :ref:`Sale/Purchase Journal `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:465 +msgid "Once posted, the **GSTR-3** report status changes to :guilabel:`Filed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:292 -msgid "Once you have issued the invoice and clicked on :guilabel:`Send E-waybill`, a confirmation message is displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Filed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:296 -msgid "Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal after a while. You can click on :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:473 +msgid "Tax reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:298 -msgid "You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:478 +msgid "GSTR-1 report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Indian e-waybill confirmation message: \"The invoice will be processed asynchronously by\n" -"the following E-waybill service : E-waybill (IN)\"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:480 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report is divided into sections. It displays the :guilabel:`Base` amount, :abbr:`CGST (Central Goods and Services Tax)`, :abbr:`SGST (State Goods and Service Tax)`, :abbr:`IGST (Integrated Goods and Services Tax)`, and :guilabel:`CESS` for each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:308 -msgid "You can print the invoice PDF report once you have submitted the E-waybill. The report includes the **E-waybill number** and the **E-waybill validity date**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "E-waybill acknowledgment number and date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:492 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-3` report contains different sections:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:318 -msgid "E-waybill Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:494 +msgid "Details of inward and outward supply subject to a **reverse charge**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:320 -msgid "If you want to cancel an E-waybill, go to the :guilabel:`eWayBill` tab of the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click on :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:495 +msgid "Eligible :abbr:`ITC (Income Tax Credit)`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:333 -msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:496 +msgid "Values of **exempt**, **Nil-rated**, and **non-GST** inward supply;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:335 -msgid "If the E-invoice is applicable for this invoice, then it will also be canceled." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:497 +msgid "Details of inter-state supplies made to **unregistered** persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:336 -msgid "Once you request to cancel the E-waybill, Odoo automatically submits the JSON Signed file to the government portal. You can click on :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:3 @@ -17002,6 +17306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:212 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "" @@ -17616,7 +17921,7 @@ msgid "To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit Rep msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 @@ -18263,10 +18568,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 -msgid "Payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "`According to the SAT documentation `_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." msgstr "" @@ -18317,7 +18618,7 @@ msgid "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding in msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 @@ -19204,6 +19505,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the books." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +msgid "Fiscal year" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" @@ -19820,7 +20125,7 @@ msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:235 -msgid "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/others/multi_currency>`." +msgid "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 @@ -19936,7 +20241,7 @@ msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:355 -msgid "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process <../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" +msgid "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process <../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:360 @@ -20032,10 +20337,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Invoice PDF report" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:459 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" @@ -20186,7 +20487,7 @@ msgid "Credit Note document type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:574 -msgid "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page about Credit Notes <../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." +msgid "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:578 @@ -20533,6 +20834,342 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:3 +msgid "United Arab Emirates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the **United Arab Emirates** localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:20 +msgid "``l10n_ae``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:21 +msgid "Default :doc:`fiscal localization package `. Includes all accounts, taxes, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:24 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:25 +msgid "Includes all rules, calculations, and salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:27 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll_account``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:28 +msgid "Includes all accounts related to the payroll module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:30 +msgid "``l10n_ae_pos``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:31 +msgid "Includes the UAE-compliant POS receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:-1 +msgid "Select the modules to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:40 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts` to view all default accounts available for the UAE localization package. You can filter by :guilabel:`Code` using the numbers on the far left or by clicking on :menuselection:`Group By --> Account Type`. You can :guilabel:`Enable`/:guilabel:`Disable` reconciliation or **configure** specific accounts according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:47 +msgid "Always keep at least one **receivable account** and one **payable account** active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:48 +msgid "It is also advised to **keep the accounts below active**, as they are used either as transitory accounts by Odoo or are specific to the **UAE localization package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:55 +msgid "Account Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:57 +msgid "102011" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:60 +msgid "102012" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:61 +msgid "Accounts Receivable (POS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:63 +msgid "201002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:64 +msgid "Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:66 +msgid "101004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:69 +msgid "105001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:70 +msgid "Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:72 +msgid "100001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:73 +msgid "Liquidity Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:75 +msgid "101002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 +msgid "101003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:79 +msgid "Outstanding Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:81 +msgid "104041" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:82 +msgid "VAT Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:84 +msgid "100103" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:85 +msgid "VAT Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:87 +msgid "101001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:88 +msgid "Bank Suspense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:90 +msgid "201017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:91 +msgid "VAT Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:93 +msgid "202001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:94 +msgid "End of Service Provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:96 +msgid "202003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:97 +msgid "VAT Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:99 +msgid "999999" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:100 +msgid "Undistributed Profits/Losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:102 +msgid "400003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:103 +msgid "Basic Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:105 +msgid "400004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:106 +msgid "Housing Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:108 +msgid "400005" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:109 +msgid "Transportation Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:111 +msgid "400008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:112 +msgid "End of Service Indemnity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:118 +msgid "To access your taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Activate/deactivate, or :doc:`configure ` the taxes relevant to your business by clicking on them. Remember to only set tax accounts on the **5%** tax group, as other groups do not need closing. To do so, enable the :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>` and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Tax Groups`. Then, set a :guilabel:`Tax current account (payable)`, :guilabel:`Tax current account (receivable)`, and an :guilabel:`Advance Tax payment account` for the **5%** group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:127 +msgid "The :abbr:`RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism)` is supported by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:-1 +msgid "Preview of the UAE localization package's taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:134 +msgid "Currency exchange rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:136 +msgid "To update the currency exchange rates, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. Click on the update button (:guilabel:`🗘`) found next to the :guilabel:`Next Run` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:140 +msgid "To launch the update automatically at set intervals, change the :guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to the desired frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:144 +msgid "By default, the UAE Central Bank exchange rates web service is used. Several other providers are available under the :guilabel:`Service` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:152 +msgid "The :guilabel:`UAE - Payroll` module creates the necessary **salary rules** in the Payroll app in compliance with the UAE rules and regulations. The salary rules are linked to the corresponding accounts in the **chart of accounts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:-1 +msgid "The UAE Employee Payroll Structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:161 +msgid "Salary rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:163 +msgid "To apply these rules to an employee's contract, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Contracts --> Contracts` and select the employee's contract. In the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` field, select :guilabel:`UAE Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:-1 +msgid "Select the Salary Structure Type to apply to the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:171 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab, you can find details such as the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Housing Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Transportation Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Other Allowances`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of Days`: used to calculate the :ref:`end of service provision `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:181 +msgid "**Leave deductions** are calculated using a salary rule linked to the **unpaid leave** time-off type;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:183 +msgid "Any other deductions or reimbursements are made *manually* using other inputs;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:184 +msgid "**Overtimes** are added *manually* by going to :menuselection:`Work Entries --> Work Entries`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:185 +msgid "**Salary attachments** are generated by going to :menuselection:`Contracts --> Salary Attachments`. Then, :guilabel:`Create` an attachment and select the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Type (Attachment of Salary, Assignment of Salary, Child Support)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:190 +msgid "To prevent a rule from appearing on a paycheck, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Rules`. Click on :guilabel:`UAE Employee Payroll Structure`, select the rule to hide, and uncheck :guilabel:`Appears on Payslip`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:197 +msgid "End of service provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:199 +msgid "The provision is defined as the total monthly allowance *divided* by 30 and then *multiplied* by the number of days set in the field :guilabel:`Number of days` at the bottom of a contract's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:202 +msgid "The provision is then calculated via a salary rule associated with two accounts: the **End Of Service Indemnity (Expense account)** and the **End of Service Provision (Non-current Liabilities account)**. The latter is used to pay off the **end of service amount** by settling it with the **payables account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:208 +msgid "The end of service amount is calculated based on the gross salary and the start and end dates of the employee’s contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:214 +msgid "The UAE localization package allows the generation of invoices in English, Arabic, or both. The localization also includes a line to display the **VAT amount** per line." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:3 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "" @@ -20618,7 +21255,7 @@ msgid "To edit existing taxes or to :guilabel:`Create` a new tax, go to :menusel msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxation/taxes>`" +msgid ":doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:65 @@ -20839,7 +21476,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:161 -msgid "Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank accounts <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as payment providers. Payment providers allow customers to pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." +msgid "Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank accounts <../finance/accounting/bank>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as payment providers. Payment providers allow customers to pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 @@ -20863,7 +21500,7 @@ msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 -msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." +msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 @@ -21023,7 +21660,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -21217,7 +21854,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -21336,7 +21973,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -22175,121 +22812,121 @@ msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`Use a Stripe payment terminal in Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe>`" +msgid ":doc:`Use a Stripe payment terminal in Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:25 msgid "At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all the requested information, you are all set and your payment provider is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:27 msgid "You can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:30 msgid "To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode ` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually `. You can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials `, :ref:`generate a webhook ` and enable the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider **Stripe** on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:44 msgid "Enable the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:45 msgid "You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 msgid "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 msgid "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API keys `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 msgid "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 msgid "To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 msgid "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the following data into the pop-up form:" msgstr "" @@ -22305,79 +22942,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 msgid "At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on :guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select :guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and :guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select :guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 msgid "When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 msgid "To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 msgid "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 msgid "To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo, as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 msgid "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 msgid "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 msgid "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" @@ -22385,47 +23022,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 msgid "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 msgid "If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and cannot be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 msgid "Enable express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 msgid "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You must register your web domain with Apple. This can be done either automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 msgid "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is :guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 msgid "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 375d7b18cb..4718fb6b5b 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -238,15 +238,15 @@ msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." +msgid "The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 -msgid "This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with their Google Accounts." +msgid "This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their Google Accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 -msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/google`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:13 @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." +msgid "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 @@ -273,130 +273,150 @@ msgid "Go to the `Google API Dashboard ` msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:28 -msgid "Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of your company, and click on *Create*." +msgid "Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the details of a new project" +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:36 -msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:42 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:44 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Google oauth consent selection menu" +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 -msgid "Choose the option for :guilabel:`internal`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +msgid "Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Choice of a user type in oauth consent" +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:55 -msgid "Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:58 +msgid "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 -msgid "On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and Continue*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62 +msgid "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +msgid "Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:66 +msgid "On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 +msgid "Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:78 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Credentials button menu" +msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:69 -msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Oauth client id selection" +msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:75 -msgid "Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now, configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:78 -msgid "In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:93 +msgid "In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field, enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Creating oauth client id" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:97 +msgid "Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:109 msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 -msgid "Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:111 +msgid "Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated" +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate **OAuth Authentication**." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:112 -msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:114 -msgid "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate **Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 +msgid "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the :guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings" +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:139 +msgid "Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 -msgid "To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:147 +msgid "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google` when first logging into Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button" +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:134 -msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:155 +msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:160 msgid "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 `_" msgstr "" @@ -1381,6 +1401,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode `, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters, as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the `mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time (as stated by the value in the system parameter: `mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "" @@ -2728,30 +2780,30 @@ msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation t msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" @@ -2759,11 +2811,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:102 msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:105 msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." msgstr "" @@ -2771,11 +2823,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:112 msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:116 msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" @@ -2783,20 +2835,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:125 msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:128 msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index a6449921b1..348dad79c7 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -78,10 +78,9 @@ msgid "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the invento msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 @@ -214,8 +213,6 @@ msgid "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add ad msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "" @@ -228,7 +225,6 @@ msgid "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "" @@ -345,22 +341,21 @@ msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost swi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 @@ -420,1140 +415,902 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating warehouses." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:12 -msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the :guilabel:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the :guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Next, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. On the product page, make sure that the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are enabled." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:26 -msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for purchase orders." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:-1 -msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the :guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:42 -msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If :guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales orders can be viewed in the :guilabel:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 +msgid "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:51 -msgid "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the :guilabel:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders --> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:-1 -msgid "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right corner." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:58 -msgid "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in the top right corner of the purchase order form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:-1 -msgid "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right corner." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When :guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:66 -msgid "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 +msgid "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:-1 -msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away. In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before applying the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:75 -msgid "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and click the teal :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:-1 -msgid "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by opening the column options icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are scheduled for today or earlier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a Count` and fill in the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows to handle orders very quickly." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and especially when the items you stock are big in size." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 +msgid "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by counting more often at key locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your delivery." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery methods**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the carrier." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on :guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to `30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and you create a new sale order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:-1 +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to the customers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store altogether in one single pack." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to delivery and after-sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products to deliver and confirm it." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 -msgid "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat button, you should now see your delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the way you manage these products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 -msgid "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, for instance, makes no sense at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now *Done*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more steps before shipping." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Expiration Dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 -msgid "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 +msgid "With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 -msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 +msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating *Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +msgid "To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing Shipments*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +msgid "Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, *Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one you want to rename and update its name." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +msgid "Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 -msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible user defined on the Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +msgid "When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 -msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded their respective alert dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the inventory dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -msgid "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved and you can simply validate the picking document." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing order which can be directly validated." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 +msgid "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 -msgid "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to the customer location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 -msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 -msgid "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an output location before being effectively shipped." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +msgid "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 -msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34 +msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 -msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40 +msgid "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46 +msgid "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the picking operation has been marked as done." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62 +msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66 +msgid "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +msgid "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84 +msgid "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88 +msgid "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and assigned to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 +msgid "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107 +msgid "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` (under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114 +msgid "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot number being assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors to the stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129 +msgid "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a :guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133 +msgid "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136 +msgid "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm the *RfQ*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147 +msgid "If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches the :guilabel:`Demand`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151 +msgid "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from suppliers are considered as being always available." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "If you have :guilabel:`Storage Locations` activated, you can click the hamburger menu next to the :guilabel:`Done quantity` to specify the location(s) where you are storing the received product(s)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161 +msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:56 -msgid "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality control step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have two-steps or three-steps processes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control (QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC requirements are moved to stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177 +msgid "On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 -msgid "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +msgid "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +msgid "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods reception" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage Locations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +msgid "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a `hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194 +msgid "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198 +msgid "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the :guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the total quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three steps" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203 +msgid "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 -msgid "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then, three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source document:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 -msgid "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality control zone;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219 +msgid "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference` receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared the same lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps strategy" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233 +msgid "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 -msgid "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236 +msgid "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240 +msgid "For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245 +msgid "For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the warehouse input area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes *Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the transfer can be directly validated." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254 +msgid "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be processed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258 +msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality control area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 +msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 -msgid "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263 +msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267 +msgid "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270 +msgid "To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow you to have 2 steps." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274 +msgid "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 +msgid "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 +msgid "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to your purchase order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the products to *Stock*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been marked as *Done*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it through the inventory dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory adjustments" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 -msgid "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 -msgid "In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +msgid "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 -msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 -msgid "Add a new line" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 -msgid "To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product, and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 -msgid "At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 -msgid "To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If :guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 -msgid "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is specified." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 -msgid "Count products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 -msgid "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each product line." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 -msgid "If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 -msgid "If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When :guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +msgid "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 -msgid "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product moves." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 -msgid "Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away. In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before applying the inventory adjustment." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +msgid "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 -msgid "Plan counts" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 -msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 -msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 -msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by opening the column options icon." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +msgid "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 -msgid "In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are scheduled for today or earlier." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 -msgid "To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a Count` and fill in the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 -msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +msgid "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the :guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 -msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +msgid "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the :guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 -msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will be accounted." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +msgid "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 -msgid "By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 -msgid "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month setting." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 -msgid "Cycle counts" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 -msgid "In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 -msgid "The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by counting more often at key locations." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 -msgid "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +msgid "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +msgid "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 -msgid "Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on :guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to `30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 -msgid "With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 -msgid "To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 -msgid "Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 -msgid "Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on each lot/serial number received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on each lot/serial number received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each lot/serial number received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible user defined on the Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 -msgid "When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded their respective alert dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add a line* again to register a new lot number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its last movement." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-entry management is the feature you need." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the feature and hit save." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +msgid "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +msgid "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +msgid "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +msgid "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference` receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon **receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +msgid "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial number to." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +msgid "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +msgid "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you need." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +msgid "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +msgid "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped to." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has been used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* button available on the serial number form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +msgid "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 @@ -2708,144 +2465,983 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid ":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves scenario below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "Navigate to the the product category itself by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out (FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +msgid "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +msgid "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory was impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the *Valuation* smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "The :doc:`consignment ` feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 +msgid "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the *Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and :guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +msgid "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +msgid "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +msgid "Update product unit price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +msgid "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool to update the unit price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +msgid "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with :guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In First Out (FIFO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +msgid "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +msgid "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 +msgid "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being inflation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 +msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8 +msgid "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products (receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to be configured to have the same number of steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15 +msgid "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16 +msgid "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 +msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22 +msgid "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging on shipped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30 +msgid "One-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32 +msgid "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34 +msgid "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36 +msgid "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 +msgid "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40 +msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41 +msgid "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-perishable items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 +msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48 +msgid "Two-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50 +msgid "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 +msgid "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55 +msgid "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 +msgid "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60 +msgid "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83 +msgid "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., until they are transferred into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69 +msgid "Three-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71 +msgid "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73 +msgid "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass inspection into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75 +msgid "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 +msgid "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 +msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81 +msgid "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections before receiving items into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87 +msgid ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88 +msgid ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91 +msgid "Inventory flow table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do not fit the needs of the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step `, so the settings need to be changed in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select :guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35 +msgid "Create a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, which are all associated with the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "Process a picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" +"another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +msgid "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +msgid "Process a packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +msgid "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +msgid "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" +"output location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +msgid "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "Process a delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" +"the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +msgid "By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one step receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +msgid "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 +msgid "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they can easily be set back to the one step setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 +msgid "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, click on the desired warehouse, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, on the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +msgid "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt for the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:64 +msgid "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" +"pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81 +msgid "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the reception process in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87 +msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +msgid "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable :guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated delivery order for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 +msgid "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119 +msgid "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126 +msgid "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers location`. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +msgid "Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +msgid "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The products are not available for further processing until they are transferred into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and brought to an output location before being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +msgid "One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step `, so the settings need to be changed in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the ::guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and *output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and :guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard. To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click :guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the ::guilabel:`Location Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78 +msgid "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form may need to be specifed as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "After confirming the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104 +msgid "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the :guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Input location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +msgid "Process the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140 +msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "After confirming the ::abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159 +msgid "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "Process the picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170 +msgid "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to arrive to the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and the delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" +"Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185 +msgid "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198 +msgid "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be quickly accessed by clicking on the ::guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again, and choosing the delivery order on the ::guilabel:`Transfers` page (which should now be marked as ::guilabel:`Ready`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211 +msgid "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219 +msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 +msgid "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not available for further processing until they are transferred out of the quality area and into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step `, so the settings need to be changed in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 +msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 +msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +msgid "Process a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +msgid "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" +"are waiting another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked :guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +msgid "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +msgid "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the :guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Quality location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the :menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for manufacturing or delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "Process a transfer to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +msgid "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Create a second warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +msgid "By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click :guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 -msgid "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration `" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves scenario below." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 +msgid "The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 -msgid "Receive a product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied from this warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "Navigate to the the product category itself by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out (FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in this warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply the warehouse being created" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 -msgid "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory was impacted." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:-1 +msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the *Valuation* smart button." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "The :doc:`consignment ` feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 -msgid "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the *Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and :guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be added to" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 -msgid "Deliver a product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 -msgid "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 -msgid "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:-1 +msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 +msgid "Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified date." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 -msgid "Update product unit price" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location within the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 -msgid "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool to update the unit price of products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 -msgid "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with :guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In First Out (FIFO)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a new location or warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 -msgid "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the :guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 -msgid "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 -msgid "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being inflation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:-1 +msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouses" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click :guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 @@ -3012,10 +3608,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process` button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the quantities received." msgstr "" @@ -3125,6 +3717,7 @@ msgid "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable :guilabel:`Mu msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "" @@ -3233,62 +3826,234 @@ msgid "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don't know in advance if the products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set those virtual warehouses." +msgid "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:11 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:13 -msgid "Let's say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on create." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:22 -msgid "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, because you will need it later in the process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23 +msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse A+B." +msgid "Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36 -msgid "Let's say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping information." +msgid "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 -msgid "You might find it handy to set the Warehouse A+B as the default warehouse for each sales person. This way each sale will use the Warehouse A+B as the default warehouse option." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43 +msgid "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and :guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for individual products or product categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the warehouse resupplies its inventory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components from this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they can be manufactured in this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input location first, and then transfer it to the production location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this warehouse from another chosen warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73 +msgid "*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81 +msgid "In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two *child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with physical stock locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Child Warehouses**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95 +msgid "Create a virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98 +msgid "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of the *virtual parent location* warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101 +msgid "To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106 +msgid "Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the :guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109 +msgid "This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its *child locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113 +msgid "Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120 +msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122 +msgid "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130 +msgid "Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location (provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent location*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136 +msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +msgid "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143 +msgid "To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153 +msgid "Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the virtual warehouse location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the :guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales order to be pulled from different warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163 +msgid "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166 +msgid "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168 +msgid "If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure all settings/configuration were done properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176 +msgid "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the :guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +msgid "To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the *Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185 +msgid "Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then :guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to invoice for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190 +msgid "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*, which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations. As the products move through the locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" @@ -3296,7 +4061,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" @@ -3304,7 +4069,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" @@ -3312,79 +4077,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while *Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the *Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the *Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be applied to different products, the user can assign different storage locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -3392,19 +4157,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" @@ -3412,7 +4177,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" @@ -3420,7 +4185,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In the route form, the user can view which places the route is :guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" @@ -3428,7 +4193,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific :guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an :guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a :guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" @@ -3436,11 +4201,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of places." msgstr "" @@ -3448,15 +4213,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the :guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to be manually set on the product category form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." msgstr "" @@ -3464,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to :guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow that route." msgstr "" @@ -3472,11 +4237,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the quotation/sales order." msgstr "" @@ -3484,11 +4249,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" @@ -3496,15 +4261,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" @@ -3512,27 +4277,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an :guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the two situations explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -3541,55 +4306,55 @@ msgid "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stoc "zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or :guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The :guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from :guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -3597,7 +4362,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" @@ -3605,7 +4370,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" @@ -3613,7 +4378,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" @@ -3621,7 +4386,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" @@ -3629,11 +4394,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" @@ -4168,23 +4933,103 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12 +msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the :guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:-1 +msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35 +msgid "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the :guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43 +msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders --> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:-1 +msgid "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in the top right corner of the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:-1 +msgid "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77 +msgid "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:-1 +msgid "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 @@ -4274,6 +5119,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "Change shipping label size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured to fit the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, *FedEx International* will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:-1 +msgid "Different shipping methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:-1 +msgid "Select a label type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:-1 +msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45 +msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:-1 +msgid "Delivery order smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52 +msgid "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:-1 +msgid "Shipping PDF documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60 +msgid "Example labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62 +msgid "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example of a FedEx letter sized label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:-1 +msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69 +msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:-1 +msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" @@ -4611,6 +5528,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is required." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse address`." msgstr "" @@ -5107,6 +6028,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +msgid "Add new equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +msgid "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, and configure the equipment as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an employee and a department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting :guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as a user can be assigned as a technician" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not work centers, like an office, for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +msgid "Include additional product information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's warranty will expire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +msgid "Add maintenance details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to maintenance teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the equipment when it fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +msgid "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of the form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing management" msgstr "" @@ -6360,160 +7405,443 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 +msgid "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk pricing with vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 +msgid "Create a new blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 +msgid "To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: blanket orders and call for tenders." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 +msgid "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) a new blanket order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 +msgid "From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term agreement must follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal among several vendors." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official purchase agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Purchase Agreements*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure the:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using *Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where you only want to select a single vendor." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-filled in with that information." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities of agreement*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 +msgid "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 +msgid "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain **0**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. The other fields aren't mandatory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 +msgid "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 -msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is only used for informational purposes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 +msgid "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type of selection:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 -msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on *Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready to be used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 -msgid "You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, product lines can also be pre-filled." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 -msgid "From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 +msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 -msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it to an existing *Blanket Order*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 +msgid "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be manually set by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 +msgid "Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 +msgid "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 +msgid "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 +msgid "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 +msgid "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured on the blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 +msgid "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 +msgid "Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase order that was just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 +msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 +msgid "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 +msgid "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 +msgid "Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement, and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form, as well as the product information entered on the product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 +msgid "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 +msgid "To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 -msgid "Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 +msgid "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO (Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 +msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 +msgid "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation (RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from which vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 +msgid "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 +msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 +msgid "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create *blanket orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 +msgid "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and select a product to edit. From the product form, click the :guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides additional visibility options to add to the line item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 +msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 +msgid "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 +msgid "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best offers for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 +msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 +msgid "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor, alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 +msgid "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 +msgid "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 +msgid "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 +msgid "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new purchase order form is already populated with the same products, quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed manually, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 +msgid "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 +msgid "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 +msgid "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 +msgid "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 +msgid "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 +msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 +msgid "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately at first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 +msgid "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 +msgid "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking :menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 +msgid "Compare product lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 +msgid "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations created previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to a Compare Order Lines page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 +msgid "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 +msgid "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the order, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 +msgid "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click :guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 +msgid "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 +msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 +msgid "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` (from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 -msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you their best quote." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 -msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 +msgid "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 -msgid "You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process for each vendor." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 +msgid "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` when finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 -msgid "Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 +msgid "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative :abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 -msgid "Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 +msgid "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/legal.pot b/locale/sources/legal.pot index 00b85498da..a70ea61c22 100644 --- a/locale/sources/legal.pot +++ b/locale/sources/legal.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgid "Odoo 16 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:658 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:409 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:423 #: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0" msgstr "" @@ -305,6 +305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:64 #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:62 #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:65 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:61 msgid "App" msgstr "" @@ -342,6 +343,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:89 #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:88 #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:93 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:86 msgid "Bug" msgstr "" @@ -436,6 +438,7 @@ msgid "The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:170 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:175 msgid "Cloud Platform" msgstr "" @@ -756,7 +759,7 @@ msgid "Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:488 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:252 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:263 msgid "Surviving Provisions:" msgstr "" @@ -862,8 +865,8 @@ msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition Lic msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:612 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:377 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:385 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:393 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:396 msgid "See :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." msgstr "" @@ -2633,12 +2636,12 @@ msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:633 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:390 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:404 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, définie ci-dessous." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:637 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:394 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:408 msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la :ref:`version originale `." msgstr "" @@ -2647,42 +2650,42 @@ msgid "This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:660 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:411 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:425 msgid "Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:665 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:416 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:430 msgid "Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un environnement de test ou de développement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:669 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:420 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:434 msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires similaires à celle-ci)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:674 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:425 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:439 msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:679 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:430 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:444 msgid "Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:682 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:433 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:447 msgid "Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente licence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:685 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:436 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:450 msgid "LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:690 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:441 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:455 msgid "EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL." msgstr "" @@ -3254,1067 +3257,1696 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zie :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES)" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (PT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:9 -msgid "`Download PDF `_" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:9 +msgid "`Download PDF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:11 -msgid "Esta es una traducción al español del \"Odoo Partnership Agreement\". Esta traducción se proporciona con la esperanza de que facilitará la comprensión, pero no tiene valor legal. La única referencia oficial de los términos y condiciones del \"Odoo Partnership Agreement\" es :ref:`la versión original en inglés `." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:11 +msgid "Esta é uma tradução em português do Contrato “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”. A tradução é fornecida com o intuito de facilitar a sua compreensão, mas não tem valor legal. A única referência oficial aos termos do Contrato “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” é a :ref:`versão original em inglês `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:28 -msgid "Versión 8a - 2019-08-09" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:16 +msgid "Versão 10a - 2022-10-27" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:30 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:26 -msgid "ENTRE:" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:33 +msgid "Ao assinar os serviços do Odoo Enterprise (os \"Serviços\") fornecidos pela Odoo SA e suas afiliadas (coletivamente, \"Odoo SA\") em relação ao Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (o \"Logiciel\"), hospedado nas plataformas de nuvem da Odoo SA (\"Cloud Platform\") ou no local (\"Hospedagem Própria\"), você (o \"Cliente\") concorda em estar vinculado aos seguintes termos e condições (o \"Contrato\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:31 -msgid "Odoo S.A., una empresa que tiene su sede social en Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière," +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:42 +msgid "1 Vigência do Contrato" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:32 -msgid "Bélgica, y sus filiales (en adelante denominados conjuntamente “ODOO”)" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:44 +msgid "A duração deste Contrato (a \"Vigência\") será especificada por escrito no ato da celebração deste Contrato, começando a partir da data de assinatura. O Contrato é automaticamente renovado por uma Vigência igual, a menos que qualquer uma das partes forneça um aviso por escrito de rescisão para a outra parte, no mínimo 30 dias antes do final da Vigência." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:33 -msgid "Y:" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:52 +msgid "2 Definições" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:34 -msgid "_____________________________________________, una empresa que tiene su domicilio social en" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:58 +msgid "Usuário" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:35 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:31 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:27 -msgid "_____________________________________________________________________________________." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:55 +msgid "Qualquer conta de usuário indicada como ativa no Software, com acesso ao modo de criação e/ou edição. Contas de usuário desativadas e contas usadas por pessoas externas (ou sistemas) que têm apenas acesso limitado ao Software por meio das instalações do portal (conhecidas como \"Usuários do Portal\") não são consideradas como Usuários." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:36 -msgid "(en adelante denominado “EL COLABORADOR”)" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:61 +msgid "Um \"Aplicativo\" (App) é um grupo especializado de recursos disponíveis para instalação no Software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:38 -msgid "ODOO y EL COLABORADOR se denominan individualmente “Parte” y conjuntamente “las Partes”." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:67 +msgid "Parceiro Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:41 -msgid "1 Objeto" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:64 +msgid "Um Parceiro Odoo é uma empresa ou indivíduo terceirizado, escolhido pelo Cliente e que trabalha com o Cliente para seus serviços relacionados ao Odoo. O Cliente pode decidir a qualquer momento trabalhar com um Parceiro Odoo diferente ou trabalhar diretamente com a Odoo SA (sujeito a aviso prévio)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:42 -msgid "El presente contrato tiene por objeto regular las condiciones bajo las cuales ODOO presta servicios a EL COLABORADOR, acceso al software Odoo Enterprise Edition, y bajo las cuales EL COLABORADOR cumple con las obligaciones establecidas a continuación." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:74 +msgid "Módulo Extra" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:46 -msgid "Por la presente ODOO nombra a EL COLABORADOR, y EL COLABORADOR acepta ser nombrado, socio no exclusivo para promover y vender “Odoo Enterprise Edition” a los clientes." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:70 +msgid "Um Módulo Extra é um diretório de arquivos de código-fonte ou um conjunto de customizações baseadas em Python, criadas em uma base de dados (por exemplo, com o Odoo Studio), que adiciona recursos ou altera o comportamento padrão do Software. Pode ter sido desenvolvido pelo Cliente, pela Odoo SA, por um Parceiro Odoo em nome do Cliente ou por terceiros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:49 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a hacer su mejor esfuerzo para vender contratos de Odoo Enterprise a sus clientes. En apoyo a esta afirmación, EL COLABORADOR dará prioridad a la comercialización de la versión “Odoo Enterprise Edition” a clientes potenciales y clientes. EL COLABORADOR siempre tiene la posibilidad de vender servicios con otras versiones del software, como “Odoo Community Edition”, en caso de ser necesario." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:78 +msgid "Módulo Extra Coberto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:56 -msgid "2 Duración del Contrato" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:77 +msgid "Um Módulo Extra Coberto é um Módulo Extra pelo qual o Cliente escolhe pagar uma taxa de manutenção para obter serviços de suporte, atualização e correção de bugs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:57 -msgid "La duración de este contrato será de un año (\"la Duración\") a partir de la fecha de la firma. Se renueva automáticamente por una duración igual, a menos que cualquiera de las partes notifique por escrito a la otra parte su terminación como mínimo 30 días antes del final de la duración." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:81 +msgid "É considerado Bug qualquer falha do Software ou de um Módulo Extra Coberto que resulte em uma parada completa, rastreamento de erro ou violação de segurança e não seja causada diretamente por uma instalação ou configuração defeituosa. A não conformidade com especificações ou requisitos será considerada como Bug, a critério da Odoo SA (normalmente, quando o Software não produz os resultados ou desempenho para o qual foi projetado ou quando um recurso específico do país não atende mais aos requisitos legais de contabilidade)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:62 -msgid "3 Acceso a Odoo Enterprise Edition" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:91 +msgid "Versões Cobertas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:65 -msgid "3.1 Acceso a la plataforma del proyecto" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:89 +msgid "A menos que seja especificado, os Serviços fornecidos sob este Contrato são aplicáveis apenas às Versões Cobertas do Software, que incluem as 3 versões principais lançadas mais recentemente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:66 -msgid "Para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR a promover Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO otorga a EL COLABORADOR acceso a su repositorio de código del proyecto para todas las “Aplicaciones Odoo Enterprise Edition”, en los términos establecidos en :ref:`appendix_p_a_es` y las condiciones restringidas del presente Contrato." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:95 +msgid "Plano de Assinatura" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:71 -msgid "Además, ODOO otorga a EL COLABORADOR acceso gratuito a la plataforma ODOO.SH con fines de prueba y desarrollo." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:94 +msgid "Um Plano de Assinatura define um conjunto de Aplicativos, recursos e soluções de hospedagem cobertos por este Contrato e é definido por escrito na celebração deste Contrato." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:78 -msgid "3.2 Restricciones" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:100 +msgid "3 Acesso ao Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:79 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a mantener la confidencialidad del código fuente de las aplicaciones Odoo Enterprise Edition entre su personal. El acceso al código fuente de Odoo Enterprise Edition para los clientes se rige por el Contrato de suscripción de Odoo Enterprise. EL COLABORADOR se compromete a NO redistribuir este código a terceros sin el permiso por escrito de ODOO." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:102 +msgid "O Cliente pode utilizar o Software hospedado na Cloud Platform, ou escolher a opção de Hospedagem Própria. A Cloud Platform é hospedada e totalmente gerenciada pela Odoo SA e acessada remotamente pelo Cliente. Com a opção de Hospedagem Própria, o Cliente hospeda o Software em sistemas de computador de sua escolha, que não estão sob o controle da Odoo SA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:85 -msgid "PARTNER se compromete a no ofrecer servicios en Odoo Enterprise Edition a clientes que no estén cubiertos por una suscripción de Odoo Enterprise, incluso durante la fase de implementación." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:107 +msgid "Durante a vigência deste Contrato, a Odoo SA concede ao Cliente uma licença não exclusiva e intransferível para usar (executar, modificar, executar após modificação) o software Odoo Enterprise Edition, nos termos estabelecidos em :ref:`appendix_a_pt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:88 -msgid "A pesar de lo anterior, EL COLABORADOR se compromete a preservar por completo la integridad del código de Odoo Enterprise Edition necesario para verificar la validez del uso de Odoo Enterprise Edition y para recopilar estadísticas necesarias para este fin." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:111 +msgid "O Cliente concorda em tomar todas as medidas necessárias para garantir a execução inalterada da parte do Software que verifica a validade de uso do Odoo Enterprise Edition e coleta estatísticas para esse fim, incluindo, entre outros, a execução de uma instância, o número de Usuários, os Aplicativos instalados e o número de linhas de código dos Módulos Extras Cobertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:94 -msgid "4 Servicios de colaboración" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:116 +msgid "A Odoo SA compromete-se a não divulgar figuras individuais ou nomeadas a terceiros sem o consentimento do Cliente, e a tratar todos os dados recolhidos em conformidade com a sua Política de Privacidade oficial, publicada em https://www.odoo.com/privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:97 -msgid "4.1 Niveles de colaboración" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:120 +msgid "Após a expiração ou rescisão deste Contrato, esta licença é revogada imediatamente e o Cliente concorda em parar de usar o software Odoo Enterprise Edition e a Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:98 -msgid "El programa de socios de Odoo consta de dos tipos de asociaciones y cuatro niveles; \"Learning Partners\" es para empresas que desean todo lo necesario para comenzar a implementar Odoo, sin visibilidad como socio oficial hasta que obtengan la experiencia requerida; \"Official Partners\" es para empresas que desean la visibilidad como Ready, Silver y Gold, según su experiencia con Odoo." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:123 +msgid "Se o Cliente violar os termos desta seção, o Cliente concorda em pagar à Odoo SA uma taxa extra igual a 300% do preço de tabela aplicável ao número real de Usuários." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:104 -msgid "El nivel de colaboración otorgado a EL COLABORADOR depende de los ingresos anuales de Odoo Enterprise generados para ODOO (en términos de Usuarios de Odoo Enterprise vendidos). Las renovaciones de los contratos existentes no cuentan para el número de Usuarios vendidos, pero EL COLABORADOR sigue recibiendo una comisión por estos contratos, tal como se indica en la sección :ref:`benefits_es`.." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:129 +msgid "4 Serviços" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:110 -msgid "La tabla siguiente resume los requisitos para cada nivel de colaboración." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:134 +msgid "4.1 Serviço de Correção de Bugs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:113 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:149 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:103 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:139 -msgid "Learning Partner" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:136 +msgid "Durante a vigência deste Contrato, a Odoo SA se compromete a realizar todos os esforços razoáveis para corrigir qualquer Bug do Software e Módulos Extras Cobertos relatados pelo Cliente por meio de um canal apropriado (normalmente, o formulário da Web ou os números de telefone listados em http://www.odoo.com.help, ou, ao trabalhar com um parceiro Odoo, o canal fornecido pelo parceiro) e começar a lidar com essas solicitações do Cliente em 2 dias úteis." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:113 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:149 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:103 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:139 -msgid "Official: Ready" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:142 +msgid "Assim que o Bug for corrigido, uma solução apropriada será comunicada ao Cliente. Se o Cliente estiver usando uma Versão Coberta, ele não será solicitado a atualizar para uma Versão Coberta mais recente do Software como solução para um Bug." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:113 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:149 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:103 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:139 -msgid "Official: Silver" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:146 +msgid "Quando um Bug é corrigido em qualquer Versão Coberta, a Odoo SA se compromete a corrigir o Bug em todas as Versões Cobertas mais recentes do Software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:113 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:149 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:103 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:139 -msgid "Official: Gold" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:149 +msgid "Ambas as partes reconhecem que, conforme especificado na licença do Software e na seção :ref:`liability_pt` deste Contrato, a Odoo SA não pode ser responsabilizada por Bugs no Software ou nos Módulos Extras Cobertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 -msgid "Usuarios de Odoo Enterprise anuales vendidos" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:154 +msgid "4.2 Serviço de Atualizações de Segurança" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:117 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:110 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:112 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:107 -msgid "0" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:159 +msgid "Hospedagem Própria" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:110 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 -msgid "10" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:161 +msgid "Durante a vigência deste Contrato, a Odoo SA se compromete a enviar um “Aviso de Segurança” ao Cliente para qualquer Bug de segurança descoberto nas Versões Cobertas do Software (isso exclui Módulos Extras), pelo menos 2 semanas antes de publicar o Comunicado de Segurança, a menos que o Bug já tenha sido divulgado publicamente por terceiros. Os Comunicados de Segurança incluem uma descrição completa do Bug, sua causa, seus possíveis impactos nos sistemas do Cliente e a solução correspondente para cada Versão Coberta." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 -msgid "50" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:168 +msgid "O Cliente entende que o Bug e as informações do Comunicado de Segurança devem ser tratados como Informações Confidenciais conforme descrito em :ref:`confidentiality_pt` durante o período de embargo que precede a divulgação pública." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 -msgid "150" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:177 +msgid "A Odoo SA se compromete a aplicar os reparos de segurança para qualquer Bug de segurança descoberto em uma versão do Software hospedada na Cloud Platform, em todos os sistemas sob seu controle, assim que o reparo estiver disponível, sem exigir nenhuma ação manual do Cliente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:117 -msgid "Número de empleados certificados en al menos uno de las 3 últimas versiones de Odoo" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:185 +msgid "4.3 Serviços de Atualização" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:117 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:112 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:107 -msgid "1" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:190 +msgid "Serviço de Atualização para o Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:117 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:112 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:107 -msgid "2" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:192 +msgid "Durante a vigência deste Contrato, o Cliente pode enviar solicitações de atualização por meio do canal apropriado (geralmente, o site do serviço de atualização da Odoo SA), a fim de converter uma base de dados do Software de qualquer versão do Software para uma Versão Coberta mais recente (a \"Versão de Destino\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:117 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:112 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:107 -msgid "3" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:197 +msgid "Para a Cloud Platform, as solicitações de atualização são enviadas diretamente do painel de controle da Cloud Platform e não requerem nenhum upload de dados. Para Hospedagem Própria, as solicitações de atualização devem incluir uma cópia da base de dados do Cliente e os dados associados (normalmente obtidos no menu Backup do Software)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:120 -msgid "Tasa de retención mínima" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:202 +msgid "Este serviço é fornecido por meio de uma plataforma automatizada para permitir que o Cliente execute atualizações autônomas, uma vez que uma versão anterior da base de dados do Cliente tenha sido atualizada com sucesso para uma Versão Coberta." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:120 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:115 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:110 -msgid "n/a" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:206 +msgid "O Serviço de Atualização é limitado à conversão técnica e adaptação da base de dados do Cliente para torná-lo compatível com a Versão de Destino, a correção de qualquer Bug causado diretamente pela operação de atualização e que não ocorre normalmente na Versão de Destino, e a conversão do código-fonte e dados dos Módulos Extras Cobertos para a Versão de Destino." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:120 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:115 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:110 -msgid "70%" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:212 +msgid "É responsabilidade do Cliente verificar e validar a base de dados atualizada para detectar Bugs, analisar o impacto de alterações e novos recursos implementados na Versão de Destino e converter e adaptar para a Versão de Destino quaisquer extensões de terceiros do Software que tenham sido instaladas na base de dados antes da atualização (por exemplo, Módulos Extras não cobertos). O Cliente pode fazer várias solicitações de atualização para uma base de dados, até que um resultado aceitável seja alcançado." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:120 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:115 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:110 -msgid "80%" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:223 +msgid "4.4 Serviços de Hospedagem na Nuvem" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:123 -msgid "La Tasa de Retención se define como la relación entre el número de contratos de Odoo Enterprise que están actualmente activos y la cantidad de contratos de Odoo Enterprise que han estado activos en algún momento en los últimos 12 meses." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:225 +msgid "Durante a vigência deste Contrato, quando o Cliente optar por usar a Cloud Platform, a Odoo SA se compromete a fornecer pelo menos os seguintes serviços:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:127 -msgid "Las certificaciones son personales, por lo que cuando un miembro certificado del personal deja la empresa, EL COLABORADOR debe notificarlo a ODOO para que actualice la cantidad de recursos certificados activos para el contrato de colaboración." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:228 +msgid "Opções de várias regiões de hospedagem (mínimo 3: Europa, América, Ásia/Pacífico)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:131 -msgid "ODOO revisará trimestralmente el nivel de colaboración de EL COLABORADOR y lo ajustará al nivel más alto para el cual se cumplan los 3 requisitos." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:229 +msgid "Hospedagem em data centers Tier III ou equivalente, com 99,9% de tempo de atividade da rede" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:134 -msgid "Sin embargo, los \"Official Partners\" pueden actualizarse automáticamente a un nivel superior una vez que alcancen los 3 requisitos para ese nivel de colaboración." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:230 +msgid "Criptografia SSL (HTTPS) de comunicação classe A" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:140 -msgid "4.2 Ventajas" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:231 +msgid "Backups totalmente automatizados e verificados, replicados em várias regiões" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:142 -msgid "En la tabla siguiente se describen los detalles de las ventajas para cada nivel de colaboración:" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:232 +msgid "Plano de recuperação de desastres, testado regularmente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:151 -msgid "**Reconocimiento**" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:234 +msgid "Os detalhes dos Serviços de Hospedagem na Nuvem são descritos na página do Acordo de Nível de Serviço (SLA) em https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:153 -msgid "Visibilidad en odoo.com" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:241 +msgid "4.5 Serviços de Suporte" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:153 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:189 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:143 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:180 -msgid "No" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:244 +msgid "Escopo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:153 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:148 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:143 -msgid "\"Ready Partner\"" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:246 +msgid "Durante a vigência deste Contrato, o Cliente pode abrir um número ilimitado de chamados de suporte gratuitamente, exclusivamente para questões relacionadas a Bugs (consulte :ref:`bugfix_pt`) ou orientação com relação ao uso dos recursos padrão do Software e Módulos Extras Cobertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:153 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:148 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:143 -msgid "\"Silver Partner\"" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:250 +msgid "Outras solicitações de assistência, como questões relacionadas a desenvolvimento ou customizações, podem ser cobertas por meio da compra de um contrato de serviço separado. Caso não esteja claro se uma solicitação é coberta por este Contrato, a decisão fica a critério da Odoo SA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:153 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:148 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:143 -msgid "\"Gold Partner\"" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:256 +msgid "Disponibilidade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:155 -msgid "Derechos de uso de la marca registrada “Odoo” y logotipos" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:258 +msgid "Os chamados podem ser feitos por meio do formulário da web ou dos números de telefone listados em https://www.odoo.com/help, ou, ao trabalhar com um Parceiro Odoo, o canal fornecido pelo parceiro, sujeito ao horário de funcionamento local." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:155 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:160 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:162 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:166 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:169 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:187 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:189 -msgid "Sí" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:268 +msgid "4.6 Trabalhando com um Parceiro Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:158 -msgid "**Ventajas de la formación**" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:270 +msgid "Para correções de bugs, suporte e serviços de atualização, o cliente pode trabalhar com um parceiro Odoo como principal ponto de contato ou trabalhar diretamente com a Odoo SA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:160 -msgid "Coaching de ventas y webinars" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:273 +msgid "Se o Cliente decidir trabalhar com um Parceiro Odoo, a Odoo SA subcontratará os serviços relacionados com os Módulos Extras Cobertos ao Parceiro Odoo, que se torna o principal ponto de contacto do Cliente. O Parceiro Odoo pode entrar em contato com a Odoo SA em nome do Cliente para obter assistência de segundo nível com relação aos recursos padrão do Software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:162 -msgid "Acceso a la base de conocimiento Odoo" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:278 +msgid "Se o Cliente decidir trabalhar diretamente com a Odoo SA, os serviços relacionados aos Módulos Extras Cobertos serão fornecidos somente se o Cliente estiver hospedado na Odoo Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:164 -msgid "**Ventajas del software**" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:286 +msgid "5 Preços e Taxas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:166 -msgid "Acceso al código fuente de Odoo Enterprise y repositorio Github" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:291 +msgid "5.1 Preços Padrões" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:169 -msgid "Código de extensión de prueba de Odoo Enterprise" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:293 +msgid "Os preços padrões para a assinatura do Odoo Enterprise e os Serviços são baseados no número de Usuários e no Plano de Assinatura usado pelo Cliente e especificados por escrito na celebração do Contrato." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 -msgid "Acceso a Odoo.sh con fines de prueba y desarrollo." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:297 +msgid "Se durante a Vigência, o Cliente tiver mais Usuários ou usar recursos que exijam outro Plano de Assinatura do que o especificado no momento da celebração deste Contrato, o Cliente concorda em pagar uma taxa extra equivalente ao preço de tabela aplicável (no momento do desvio do número especificado de Usuários ou Plano de Assinatura) para os Usuários adicionais ou o Plano de Assinatura necessário, pelo restante da Vigência." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:175 -msgid "**Ventajas de las ventas**" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:303 +msgid "Além disso, os serviços dos Módulos Extras Cobertos são cobrados com base no número de linhas de código nesses módulos. Quando o Cliente optar pela manutenção dos Módulos Extras Cobertos, a cobrança será mensal por 100 linhas de código (arredondadas para a próxima centena), conforme especificado por escrito na celebração do Contrato. As linhas de código serão contabilizadas com o comando ``cloc`` do Software, e incluirão todas as linhas de texto no código fonte desses módulos, independente da linguagem de programação (Python, Javascript, XML etc.), excluindo linhas em branco, linhas de comentário e arquivos que não são carregados durante a instalação ou execução do Software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 -msgid "Comisión por la plataforma Odoo SH [#s1]_" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:312 +msgid "Quando o Cliente solicitar uma atualização, para cada Módulo Extra Coberto que não tenha sido coberto por uma taxa de manutenção nos últimos 12 meses, a Odoo SA poderá cobrar uma taxa extra única para cada mês de cobertura faltante." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:180 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:170 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:173 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:166 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 -msgid "10%" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:319 +msgid "5.2 Custos de Renovação" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:170 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:166 -msgid "50%" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:321 +msgid "Após a renovação, conforme previsto na seção :ref:`term_pt`, se os preços aplicados durante a Vigência anterior forem inferiores ao preço de tabela aplicável mais atual, tais preços aumentarão em até 7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:180 -msgid "Comisión por Odoo Enterprise" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:328 +msgid "5.3 Impostos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:180 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:173 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 -msgid "15%" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:330 +msgid "Todas as taxas e preços não incluem quaisquer impostos, taxas ou encargos federais, provinciais, estaduais, locais ou outros aplicáveis (coletivamente, “Impostos”). O Cliente é responsável pelo pagamento de todos os Impostos associados às compras feitas pelo Cliente nos termos deste Contrato, exceto quando a Odoo SA for legalmente obrigada a pagar ou cobrar impostos pelos quais o Cliente é responsável." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:180 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:173 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 -msgid "20%" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:339 +msgid "6 Condições dos Serviços" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 -msgid "Acceso a un gestor de cuentas especializado y Partner Dashboard" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:342 +msgid "6.1 Obrigações do Cliente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:185 -msgid "**Ventajas de marketing**" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:344 +msgid "O Cliente concorda em:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:187 -msgid "Material de marketing" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:346 +msgid "pagar à Odoo SA quaisquer valores aplicáveis pelos Serviços do presente Contrato, de acordo com as condições de pagamento especificadas na assinatura deste contrato;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:189 -msgid "Evento de EL COLABORADOR - Asistencia y promoción de ODOO" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:348 +msgid "notificar imediatamente a Odoo SA quando seu número real de Usuários exceder o número especificado no ato da celebração do Contrato e, nesse caso, pagar a taxa adicional aplicável, conforme descrito na seção :ref:`charges_standard_pt`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:193 -msgid "hasta un máximo de 150€ (o 180 $) de comisión mensual por suscripción" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:351 +msgid "tomar todas as medidas necessárias para garantir a execução inalterada da parte do Software que verifica a validade do uso do Odoo Enterprise Edition, conforme descrito em :ref:`enterprise_access_pt`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:196 -msgid "4.3 Reconocimiento de socios" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:354 +msgid "nomear 1 pessoa de contato dedicada ao Cliente durante toda a vigência do Contrato;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:197 -msgid "ODOO promocionará EL COLABORADOR como socio oficial en el sitio web oficial (odoo.com)." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:355 +msgid "fornecer notificação por escrito à Odoo SA 30 dias antes de mudar seu ponto de contato principal para trabalhar com outro Parceiro Odoo ou para trabalhar diretamente com a Odoo SA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:199 -msgid "ODOO concede a EL COLABORADOR, de forma no exclusiva, el derecho a usar y reproducir el logotipo de socio de ODOO del nivel de colaboración correspondiente y el nombre “Odoo” en relación con este contrato de colaboración." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:358 +msgid "Quando o Cliente opta por usar a Cloud Platform, o Cliente concorda ainda em:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:203 -msgid "Cada Parte se compromete a respetar todos los derechos de la otra Parte en todos los elementos mencionados en el párrafo anterior y, más concretamente, cada Parte debe abstenerse de causar cualquier analogía o crear confusión entre sus respectivas compañías en el público general, por cualquier motivo y por cualquier medio." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:360 +msgid "tomar todas as medidas razoáveis para manter suas contas de usuário seguras, inclusive escolhendo uma senha forte e não compartilhando com ninguém;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:209 -msgid "4.4 Ventajas de la formación" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:362 +msgid "fazer uso razoável dos Serviços de Hospedagem, renunciando quaisquer atividades ilegais ou abusivas, e observar estritamente as regras descritas na Política de Uso Aceitável publicada em https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:210 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR tiene acceso a la base de conocimiento de ODOO durante la duración de este Contrato. La base de conocimiento de ODOO es una plataforma electrónica en línea que contiene un conjunto de documentos comerciales, funcionales y de marketing para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR a adquirir y aprovechar el conocimiento de Odoo, hacer crecer su negocio, atraer más clientes y crear conciencia de marca." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:366 +msgid "Quando o cliente escolhe a opção de Hospedagem Própria, o cliente concorda ainda em:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:216 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR podrá acceder al coaching comercial facilitado por su gestor de cuentas especializado, designado por ODOO." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:368 +msgid "tomar todas as medidas razoáveis para proteger os arquivos e bases de dados do Cliente e garantir que os dados do Cliente estejam seguros e protegidos, reconhecendo que a Odoo SA não pode ser responsabilizada por qualquer perda de dados;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:219 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR también tiene la opción de comprar servicios de soporte o de formación suscribiéndose a un Success Pack de Odoo, por una tarifa adicional." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:371 +msgid "conceder à Odoo SA o acesso necessário para verificar a validade do uso do Odoo Enterprise Edition mediante solicitação (por exemplo, se a validação automática for considerada inoperante para o Cliente)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:223 -msgid "4.5 Comisiones por los servicios de Odoo vendidos por EL COLABORADOR" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:376 +msgid "6.2 Sem Aliciamento ou Contratações" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:224 -msgid "Para los servicios ODOO comprados por un cliente a través de EL COLABORADOR, y siempre que el PARTNER mantenga una relación contractual con el cliente correspondiente, EL COLABORADOR ecibirá una comisión de acuerdo con la tabla de la sección :ref:`benefits_es` y su nivel de asociación en la fecha de la factura del cliente." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:378 +msgid "Exceto quando a outra parte der seu consentimento por escrito, cada parte, suas afiliadas e representantes concordam em não solicitar ou oferecer emprego a qualquer funcionário da outra parte que esteja envolvido na execução ou uso dos Serviços sob este Contrato, durante a vigência do Contrato e por um período de 12 meses a partir da data de rescisão ou vencimento deste Contrato. Em caso de descumprimento das condições desta seção que leve à demissão do referido funcionário para o efeito, a parte infratora obriga-se a pagar à outra parte um montante de 30 000,00 euros (€) (trinta mil euros)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:231 -msgid "5 Tarifas" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:390 +msgid "6.3 Publicidade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:232 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a pagar la tarifa de la colaboración al recibir la factura anual enviada por ODOO. La tarifa se especificará por escrito al momento de la firma de este contracto." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:392 +msgid "Exceto quando vetado através de notificação por escrito, cada parte concede à outra uma licença mundial intransferível, não exclusiva e isenta de royalties para reproduzir e exibir o nome, logotipos e marcas registradas da outra parte, exclusivamente para fins de referência à outra parte como um cliente ou fornecedor, em sites, press releases e outros materiais de marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:235 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR reconoce que la tarifa de colaboración mencionadas anteriormente no son reembolsables." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:401 +msgid "6.4 Confidencialidade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:238 -msgid "6 Resolución" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:409 +msgid "Definição de “Informações Confidenciais”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:239 -msgid "En el caso de que cualquiera de las Partes no cumpla con cualquiera de sus obligaciones que se derivan de este documento, y si tal incumplimiento no se ha rectificado en un período de 30 días naturales a partir de la notificación por escrito de dicho incumplimiento, la Parte que no incumplió sus obligaciones puede rescindir este contrato inmediatamente." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:404 +msgid "Todas as informações divulgadas por uma parte (a “Parte Divulgadora”) à outra parte (a “Parte Receptora”), oralmente ou por escrito, que seja designada como confidencial ou que razoavelmente deva ser entendida como confidencial, dada a natureza do informações e as circunstâncias da divulgação. Em particular, qualquer informação relacionada a negócios, assuntos, produtos, desenvolvimentos, segredos comerciais, know-how, pessoal, clientes e fornecedores de qualquer uma das partes deve ser considerada confidencial." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:246 -msgid "Disposiciones subsistentes:" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:411 +msgid "Para todas as Informações Confidenciais recebidas durante a Vigência deste Contrato, a Parte Receptora usará o mesmo grau de cuidado que usa para proteger a confidencialidade de suas próprias Informações Confidenciais semelhantes, mas não menos do que o cuidado razoável." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:245 -msgid "Las secciones « :ref:`restrictions_es` », « :ref:`p_liability_es` », y « :ref:`gov_law_es` » mantendrán su vigencia tras cualquier resolución o expiración de este contrato." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:415 +msgid "A Parte Receptora pode divulgar Informações Confidenciais da Parte Divulgadora na medida em que for obrigada por lei a fazê-lo, desde que a Parte Receptora notifique a Parte Divulgadora com antecedência sobre a divulgação obrigatória, na medida permitida por lei." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:249 -msgid "6.1 Consecuencia de la resolución" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:422 +msgid "6.5 Proteção de Dados" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:254 -msgid "En el momento de la resolución de este contrato, EL COLABORADOR:" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:427 +msgid "Definições" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:251 -msgid "no deberá utilizar más los materiales y/o la marca Odoo ni reclamar la existencia de ninguna colaboración o relación con ODOO;" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:425 +msgid "\"Dados Pessoais\", \"Controlador\", \"Processamento\" têm os mesmos significados que no Regulamento (UE) 2016/679 e na Diretiva 2002/58/EC, e qualquer regulamento ou legislação que os altere ou substitua (doravante referido como \"Legislação de Proteção de Dados\")" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:253 -msgid "deberá cumplir con sus obligaciones durante cualquier período de aviso previo a dicha resolución;" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:430 +msgid "Processamento de Dados Pessoais" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:254 -msgid "ya no podrá usar Odoo Enterprise para fines de desarrollo, prueba o producción" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:432 +msgid "As partes reconhecem que a base de dados do Cliente pode conter Dados Pessoais, dos quais o Cliente é o Controlador. Estes dados serão processados pela Odoo SA quando o Cliente assim o instruir, mediante a utilização de algum dos Serviços que necessitem de uma base de dados (e.g. os Serviços de Hospedagem na Nuvem ou o Serviço de Atualização da Base de Dados), ou se o Cliente transferir a sua base de dados ou parte da sua base de dados à Odoo SA por qualquer motivo relacionado a este Contrato." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:259 -msgid "7 Responsabilidad e indemnizaciones" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:439 +msgid "Este processamento será realizado em conformidade com a Legislação de Proteção de Dados. Em particular, a Odoo SA compromete-se a:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:260 -msgid "Ambas Partes están vinculadas por una obligación de medios aquí descrita." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:442 +msgid "(a) apenas processar os Dados Pessoais quando e conforme instruído pelo Cliente, e com a finalidade de executar um dos Serviços sob este Contrato, a menos que haja exigência por lei, caso em que a Odoo SA notificará o Cliente com antecedência, a não ser que a lei a proíba;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:262 -msgid "En la medida máxima permitida por la ley, la responsabilidad de ODOO por cualquier reclamo, pérdida, daño o gasto derivado de cualquier manera o bajo cualquier circunstancia del presente contrato se limitará a los daños directos demostrados, pero en ningún caso excederá por todos los eventos o series de eventos relacionados que ocasionen daños la cantidad total de las tarifas pagadas por EL COLABORADOR en el transcurso de los seis (6) meses inmediatamente anteriores a la fecha del evento que dio lugar a dicha reclamación." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:445 +msgid "(b) garantir que todas as pessoas dentro da Odoo SA autorizadas a processar os Dados Pessoais se comprometam com a confidencialidade;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:269 -msgid "En ningún caso ODOO será responsable de ningún daño indirecto o consecuente, incluyendo, entre otros, reclamaciones de clientes o terceros, pérdidas de ingresos, ganancias, ahorros, pérdidas de negocios y otras pérdidas financieras, costos de paralización y retraso, datos perdidos o dañados derivados o relacionados con el cumplimiento de sus obligaciones en virtud de este contrato." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:447 +msgid "(c) implementar e manter medidas técnicas e organizacionais apropriadas para proteger os Dados Pessoais contra processamento não autorizado ou ilegal e contra perda, destruição, dano, roubo, alteração ou divulgação acidental;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:274 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR reconoce que no tiene ninguna expectativa y que no ha recibido garantías de recuperar ninguna inversión realizada en la ejecución de este contrato y el programa de socios de Odoo o de obtener ninguna cantidad anticipada de ganancias en virtud de este contrato." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:450 +msgid "(d) encaminhar prontamente ao Cliente qualquer solicitação de Proteção de Dados que tenha sido enviada à Odoo SA em relação à base de dados do Cliente;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:280 -msgid "8 Imagen de marca" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:452 +msgid "(e) notificar o Cliente imediatamente ao tomar conhecimento e confirmar qualquer processamento acidental, não autorizado ou ilegal, divulgação ou acesso aos Dados Pessoais;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:281 -msgid "La marca \"Odoo\" (incluida la palabra y sus representaciones visuales y logotipos) es exclusiva propiedad de ODOO." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:454 +msgid "(f) notificar o Cliente se as instruções de processamento infringirem a Legislação de Proteção de Dados aplicável, na opinião da Odoo SA;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:284 -msgid "ODOO autoriza a PARTNER a usar la marca \"Odoo\" para promocionar sus productos y servicios, solo por la Duración del Contrato, siempre que:" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:456 +msgid "(g) disponibilizar ao Cliente todas as informações necessárias para demonstrar conformidade com a Legislação de Proteção de Dados, permitir e contribuir razoavelmente para auditorias, incluindo inspeções, conduzidas ou ordenadas pelo Cliente;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:287 -msgid "no hay confusión posible de que el servicio sea proporcionado por PARTNER, no por ODOO;" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:459 +msgid "(h) excluir permanentemente todas as cópias da base de dados do Cliente em posse da Odoo SA, ou devolver tais dados, à escolha do Cliente, após a rescisão deste Contrato, sujeito aos atrasos especificados na `Política de Privacidade `_ da Odoo SA;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:288 -msgid "PARTNER no use la palabra \"Odoo\" en el nombre de su compañía, nombre de producto, nombre de dominio y no registrar ninguna marca que la incluya." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:464 +msgid "No que diz respeito às alíneas (d) a (f), o Cliente concorda em fornecer à Odoo SA informações de contato precisas em todos os momentos, conforme necessário para notificar o responsável pela Proteção de Dados do Cliente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:291 -msgid "Ambas Partes se abstendrán de dañar de ninguna manera la imagen de marca y la reputación de la otra Parte en el cumplimiento de este contrato." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:469 +msgid "Subprocessadores" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:294 -msgid "El incumplimiento de las disposiciones de esta sección será causa de resolución de este Contrato." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:471 +msgid "O Cliente reconhece e concorda que, para fornecer os Serviços, a Odoo SA pode usar provedores de serviços terceirizados (Subprocessadores) para tratar Dados Pessoais. A Odoo SA compromete-se a usar apenas Subprocessadores em conformidade com a Legislação de Proteção de Dados. Esta utilização estará abrangida por um contrato entre a Odoo SA e o Subprocessador que dá garantias nesse sentido. A Política de Privacidade da Odoo SA, publicada em https://www.odoo.com/privacy, fornece informações atualizadas sobre os nomes e propósitos dos Subprocessadores atualmente em uso pela Odoo SA para a execução dos Serviços." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:298 -msgid "8.1 Publicidad" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:483 +msgid "6.6 Cessão" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:299 -msgid "EL COLABORADOR concede a ODOO el derecho no exclusivo de utilizar el nombre y las marcas comerciales de EL COLABORADOR en comunicados de prensa, promociones u otros anuncios públicos. En concreto, EL COLABORADOR acepta que se le mencione, y que el logotipo y la marca comercial de EL COLABORADOR se use solo para este fin, en la lista oficial de socios de ODOO." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:485 +msgid "Caso qualquer uma das partes não cumpra qualquer uma de suas obrigações decorrentes deste Contrato, e se tal violação não for sanada dentro de 30 dias corridos a partir da notificação por escrito de tal violação, este Contrato poderá ser rescindido imediatamente pela parte não infratora." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:307 -msgid "8.2 No captación o contratación" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:490 +msgid "Além disso, a Odoo SA pode rescindir o Contrato imediatamente caso o Cliente não pague as taxas aplicáveis pelos Serviços dentro de 21 dias após a data de vencimento especificada na fatura correspondente e após no mínimo 3 lembretes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:308 -msgid "Excepto cuando la otra Parte dé su consentimiento por escrito, cada Parte, sus afiliados y representantes acuerdan no captar u ofrecer empleo a ningún empleado de la otra Parte que participe en la realización o uso de los servicios de este contrato, durante la duración de este contrato y por un período de 24 meses a partir de la fecha de resolución o expiración de este contrato. En caso de cualquier incumplimiento de las condiciones de esta sección que conduzca al despido de dicho empleado con este objetivo, la Parte incumplidora se compromete a pagar a la otra parte la cantidad de 30 000,00 EUR (€) (treinta mil euros)." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:497 +msgid "Cláusulas Subsistentes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:319 -msgid "8.3 Contratistas independientes" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:495 +msgid "As seções \":ref:`confidentiality_pt`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_pt`\", “:ref:`liability_pt`\", e “:ref:`general_provisions_pt`\" subsistirão a qualquer rescisão ou expiração deste Contrato." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:320 -msgid "Las Partes son contratistas independientes, y este contrato no debe interpretarse como la configuración de cualquier Parte como socia, empresa conjunta o fiduciaria de la otra, como la creación de otra forma de asociación legal que exigiría responsabilidad a una Parte por la acción o la falta de acción de la otra, o como la prestación a cada Parte del derecho, poder o autoridad (expresa o implícita) para crear cualquier deber u obligación de la otra." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:502 +msgid "7 Garantias, Isenções de Responsabilidade, Limitação de Responsabilidade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:330 -msgid "9 Ley y jurisdicción aplicables" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:507 +msgid "7.1 Garantias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:331 -msgid "Este contrato se rige y se interpreta de acuerdo con las leyes de Bélgica. Todas las disputas que surjan en relación con este contrato para las que no se pueda encontrar una solución amistosa serán resueltas definitivamente en los Tribunales de Bélgica en Nivelles." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:509 +msgid "A Odoo SA detém os direitos autorais ou equivalente [#cla_pt1]_ de 100% do código do Software e confirma que todas as bibliotecas de software necessárias para usar o Software estão disponíveis sob uma licença compatível com a licença do Software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:351 -msgid "Firmas" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:513 +msgid "Durante a vigência deste Contrato, a Odoo SA se compromete a realizar esforços comercialmente razoáveis para executar os Serviços de acordo com os padrões de indústria geralmente aceitos, desde que:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:353 -msgid "Por ODOO," +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:517 +msgid "os sistemas computacionais do Cliente estejam em bom estado de funcionamento e, para o caso de Hospedagem Própria, o Software esteja instalado num ambiente operacional adequado;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:353 -msgid "Por EL COLABORADOR" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:519 +msgid "o Cliente forneça informações adequadas de solução de problemas e, para o caso de Hospedagem Própria, qualquer acesso que a Odoo SA possa precisar para identificar, reproduzir e resolver problemas;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:361 -msgid "|vnegspace| |hspace| Por ODOO, |hspace| Por EL COLABORADOR, |vspace|" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:522 +msgid "todos os valores devidos à Odoo SA sejam pagos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:369 -msgid "10 Anexo A: Licencia Odoo Enterprise Edition" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:524 +msgid "O único e exclusivo recurso do Cliente e a única obrigação da Odoo SA por qualquer violação desta garantia é que a Odoo SA retome a execução dos Serviços sem custo adicional." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:527 +msgid "As contribuições externas são cobertas por um `Contrato de Licença de Direitos Autorais `_ fornece uma licença permanente, gratuita e irrevogável de direitos autorais e patente para a Odoo SA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:9 -msgid "`Download PDF `_" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:535 +msgid "7.2 Isenções de Responsabilidade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:11 -msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement” est la :ref:`version originale en anglais `." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:537 +msgid "Exceto conforme expressamente disposto neste documento, nenhuma das partes oferece qualquer garantia de qualquer tipo, seja expressa, implícita, estatutária ou de outra maneira, e cada parte se isenta especificamente de todas as garantias implícitas, incluindo qualquer garantia implícita de comercialização, adequação a uma finalidade específica ou não violação, na extensão máxima permitida pela lei aplicável." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:24 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:20 -msgid "Version 10 - 2023-01-09" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:543 +msgid "A Odoo SA não garante que o Software esteja em conformidade com qualquer lei ou regulamentação local ou internacional." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:27 -msgid "Odoo S.A., une entreprise dont le siège social se situe Chaussée de Namur, 40," +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:549 +msgid "7.3 Limitação de Responsabilidade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:28 -msgid "1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgique, et ses filialies (désignées collectivement « ODOO »)" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:551 +msgid "Na extensão máxima permitida por lei, a responsabilidade agregada de cada parte juntamente com suas afiliadas, decorrente ou relacionada a este Contrato, não excederá 50% do valor total pago pelo Cliente sob este Contrato durante os 12 meses imediatamente anteriores à data do evento que deu origem a tal ação judicial. Reivindicações múltiplas não devem ampliar esta limitação." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:29 -msgid "ET:" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:557 +msgid "Em nenhum caso, qualquer uma das partes ou suas afiliadas serão responsáveis por quaisquer danos indiretos, especiais, exemplares, incidentais ou consequentes de qualquer tipo, incluindo, mas não limitado a, perda de receita, lucros, economias, perda de negócios ou outras perdas financeiras, custos de paralisação ou atraso, dados perdidos ou corrompidos, decorrentes ou relacionados a este Contrato, independentemente da forma de ação, seja por contrato, ato ilícito ou não, mesmo que uma parte ou suas afiliadas tenham sido avisadas da possibilidade de tais danos, ou se o reparo de uma parte ou de suas afiliadas falhar em seu propósito essencial." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:30 -msgid "_____________________________________________, une entreprise dont le siège social se situe à" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:569 +msgid "7.4 Força Maior" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:32 -msgid "(ci-après dénommée « PARTENAIRE »)" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:571 +msgid "Nenhuma das partes será responsável perante a outra parte pelo atraso em qualquer cumprimento ou falha em cumprir qualquer ação sob este Contrato quando tal falha ou atraso encontrar sua causa em um caso de *força maior*, como regulamentações governamentais, incêndio, greve, guerra, inundação, acidente, epidemia, embargo, apropriação total ou parcial de fábrica ou produto por qualquer governo ou autoridade pública, ou qualquer outra causa ou causas, de natureza semelhante ou diferente, fora do controle razoável de tal parte, desde que tal causa ou causas existam." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:35 -msgid "ODOO et PARTENAIRE sont désignées individuellement par le terme « Partie » et collectivement par le terme « les Parties »." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:582 +msgid "8 Disposições Gerais" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:39 -msgid "1 Objectif" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:587 +msgid "8.1 Jurisdição" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:40 -msgid "L’objectif de ce Contrat est de présenter les conditions auxquelles ODOO fournit des services au PARTENAIRE et l’accès au logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition, et en vertu desquelles le PARTENAIRE se plie aux obligations énoncées ci-après." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:589 +msgid "Este Contrato e todas as ordens do Cliente estarão sujeitos à lei belga. Qualquer disputa decorrente ou relacionada a este Contrato ou a qualquer ordem do Cliente estará sujeita à jurisdição exclusiva do Tribunal Comercial de Nivelles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:44 -msgid "Par le présent accord, ODOO désigne le PARTENAIRE, désignation acceptée par le PARTENAIRE, comme partenaire non exclusif pour promouvoir et vendre « Odoo Enterprise Edition » à des clients." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:596 +msgid "8.2 Independência das Disposições Contratuais" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:47 -msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à faire tous les efforts possibles pour vendre des contrats Odoo Enterprise à ses clients. Pour étayer ces efforts, le PARTENAIRE commercialisera en priorité la version « Odoo Enterprise Edition » aux prospects et clients. Si nécessaire, le PARTENAIRE peut vendre des services sur d’autres versions du logiciel, comme « Odoo Community Edition »." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:598 +msgid "No caso de qualquer uma ou mais das disposições deste Contrato ou qualquer aplicação do mesmo ser inválida, ilegal ou inexequível em qualquer aspecto, a validade, legalidade e aplicabilidade das demais disposições deste Contrato e qualquer aplicação do mesmo não serão de forma alguma afetadas ou prejudicadas. Ambas as partes se comprometem a substituir qualquer disposição inválida, ilegal ou inexequível deste Contrato por uma disposição válida com os mesmos efeitos e objetivos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:53 -msgid "2 Durée du Contrat" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:608 +msgid "9 Anexo A: Licença do Odoo Enterprise Edition" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:54 -msgid "Ce Contrat restera en vigueur pendant un an (la « Durée ») à compter de la date de la signature. Il est automatiquement renouvelé pour une Durée équivalente, à moins qu’une partie transmette à l’autre partie une dénonciation écrite au moins 30 jours avant la fin de la Durée." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:610 +msgid "A versão Enterprise do Odoo tem a licença Odoo Enterprise Edition v1.0, que é definida da seguinte forma:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:60 -msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:614 +msgid "Esta é uma tradução em português da \"Licença Odoo Enterprise Edition v1.0\". A tradução é fornecida com o intuito de facilitar a sua compreensão, mas não tem valor legal. A única referência oficial aos termos da \"Licença Odoo Enterprise Edition\" é a :ref:`versão original em inglês `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:63 -msgid "3.1 Accès à la plate-forme projet" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:628 +msgid "Licença Odoo Enterprise Edition v1.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:64 -msgid "Pour aider le PARTENAIRE à promouvoir Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE l’accès à son dépôt de code pour toutes les « Apps Odoo Enterprise Edition » sous les conditions présentées dans :ref:`appendix_p_a_fr` et les conditions reprises dans ce Contrat." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:630 +msgid "Este software e arquivos associados (o \"Software\") só podem ser usados (executados, modificados, executados após modificações) com uma Assinatura do Odoo Enterprise válida para o número correto de usuários." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:68 -msgid "ODOO accorde aussi au PARTENAIRE un accès gratuit à la plate-forme ODOO.SH, exclusivement dans un but de test et de développement." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:634 +msgid "Com um Acordo de Parceria válido com a Odoo S.A., as permissões acima também são concedidas, desde que o uso seja limitado a um ambiente de testes ou desenvolvimento." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:74 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:69 -msgid "3.2 Restrictions" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:637 +msgid "Você pode desenvolver módulos Odoo com base no Software e distribuí-los sob a licença de sua escolha, desde que seja compatível com os termos da Licença Odoo Enterprise Edition (por exemplo: LGPL, MIT ou licenças proprietárias similares a esta)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:75 -msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à maintenir la confidentialité du code source des Apps Odoo Enterprise Edition au sein de son personnel. L’accès au code source d’Odoo Enterprise Edition pour les clients est régi par l'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement. Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à ne PAS redistribuer ce code à un tiers sans l’autorisation écrite d’ODOO." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:641 +msgid "Você pode usar módulos Odoo publicados sob qualquer licença junto com o Software, desde que a licença deles seja compatível com os termos da Licença Odoo Enterprise (incluindo, mas não se limitando a, qualquer módulo publicado na Odoo Apps Store em odoo.com/apps)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:80 -msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à n'offrir des services relatifs à Odoo Enterprise Edition qu'aux clients qui disposent d'un contrat Odoo Enterprise valide, et ce même pendant la phase d'implémentation." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:645 +msgid "É proibido publicar, distribuir, sublicenciar ou vender cópias do Software ou cópias modificadas do Software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:83 -msgid "Nonobstant ce qui précède, le PARTENAIRE s’engage à préserver totalement l’intégrité du code d’Odoo Enterprise Edition requis pour vérifier la validité de l’utilisation d’Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueillir les données statistiques nécessaires à cette fin." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:648 +msgid "O aviso de direitos autorais acima e este aviso de permissão devem ser incluídos em todas as cópias ou partes substanciais do Software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:88 -msgid "4 Services du partenariat" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_pt_BR.rst:651 +msgid "O SOFTWARE É FORNECIDO \"COMO ESTÁ\", SEM GARANTIA DE QUALQUER TIPO, EXPRESSA OU IMPLÍCITA, INCLUINDO, MAS NÃO SE LIMITANDO A, GARANTIAS DE COMERCIALIZAÇÃO, ADEQUAÇÃO A UM PROPÓSITO ESPECÍFICO E NÃO VIOLAÇÃO. EM NENHUMA CIRCUNSTÂNCIA, OS AUTORES OU TITULARES DE DIREITOS AUTORAIS SERÃO RESPONSÁVEIS POR QUALQUER REIVINDICAÇÃO, DANOS OU OUTRA RESPONSABILIDADE, SEJA EM AÇÃO DE CONTRATO, DELITO OU DE OUTRA FORMA, DECORRENTE DE, OU EM CONEXÃO COM O SOFTWARE OU O USO OU OUTRAS TRANSAÇÕES NO SOFTWARE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:91 -msgid "4.1 Niveaux de partenariat" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:92 -msgid "Le programme partenaire d’Odoo consiste en deux types de partenariat et quatre niveaux. Le type “Learning Partners” est prévu les sociétés souhaitent démarrer la mise en oeuvre d'Odoo, mais sans la visibilité d'un partenaire officiel, en attendant d'acquérir l'expérience requise; tandis qu' \"Official Partners\" est prévu pour les sociétés qui veulent la visibilité en tant que partenaire Ready, Silver ou Gold, suivant leur niveau d'expérience." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:9 +msgid "`Download PDF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:98 -msgid "Le niveau de partenariat accordé au PARTENAIRE dépend des nouvelles recettes annuelles Odoo Enterprise générées par le PARTENAIRE pour ODOO (en terme du nombre de nouveaux utilisateur Odoo Enterprise vendus), du nombre de ressources internes certifiées, et du taux de rétention de clients. Les renouvellements de contrats existants n’entrent pas en ligne de compte pour le nombre de nouveaux utilisateurs vendus, mais le PARTENAIRE reçoit tout de même une commission sur ces contrats, comme indiqué dans la section :ref:`benefits_fr`." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:11 +msgid "Esta es una traducción al español del \"Odoo Partnership Agreement\". Esta traducción se proporciona con la esperanza de que facilitará la comprensión, pero no tiene valor legal. La única referencia oficial de los términos y condiciones del \"Odoo Partnership Agreement\" es :ref:`la versión original en inglés `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:105 -msgid "Le tableau ci-dessous résume les exigences pour chaque niveau de partenariat." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:29 +msgid "Versión 11 - 2023-05-19" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:110 -msgid "Nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:31 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:27 +msgid "ENTRE:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:110 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 -msgid "75" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo S.A., una empresa que tiene su sede social en Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:110 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 -msgid "200" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:33 +msgid "Bélgica, y sus filiales (en adelante denominados conjuntamente “ODOO”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:112 -msgid "Nombre d'employés certifiés sur au moins une des 3 dernières version d'Odoo" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:34 +msgid "Y:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:115 -msgid "Taux de Rétention minimum" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:35 +msgid "_____________________________________________, una empresa que tiene su domicilio social en" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:118 -msgid "Le Taux de Rétention est défini comme le rapport entre le nombre de contrats Odoo Enterprise qui sont toujours en cours, et le nombre de contrats Odoo Enterprise qui ont été actifs à un moment au cours des 12 derniers mois." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:36 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:32 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:28 +msgid "_____________________________________________________________________________________." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:122 -msgid "Les certifications sont personnelles, donc lorsqu’un membre du personnel quitte ou rejoint l’entreprise, le PARTENAIRE doit en informer ODOO." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:37 +msgid "(en adelante denominado “EL COLABORADOR”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:39 +msgid "ODOO y EL COLABORADOR se denominan individualmente “Parte” y conjuntamente “las Partes”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:42 +msgid "1 Objeto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:43 +msgid "El presente Contrato tiene por objeto regular las condiciones bajo las cuales ODOO presta servicios a EL COLABORADOR, acceso al software Odoo Enterprise Edition, y bajo las cuales EL COLABORADOR cumple con las obligaciones establecidas a continuación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:47 +msgid "Por la presente ODOO nombra a EL COLABORADOR, y EL COLABORADOR acepta ser nombrado, socio no exclusivo para promover y vender “Odoo Enterprise Edition” a los clientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:50 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a hacer su mejor esfuerzo para vender contratos de Odoo Enterprise a sus clientes. En apoyo a esta afirmación, EL COLABORADOR dará prioridad a la comercialización de la versión “Odoo Enterprise Edition” a clientes potenciales y clientes. EL COLABORADOR siempre tiene la posibilidad de vender servicios con otras versiones del software, como “Odoo Community Edition”, en caso de ser necesario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:57 +msgid "2 Duración del Contrato" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:58 +msgid "La duración de este contrato será de un año (\"la Duración\") a partir de la fecha de la firma. Se renueva automáticamente por una duración igual, a menos que cualquiera de las partes notifique por escrito a la otra parte su terminación como mínimo 30 días antes del final de la duración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:63 +msgid "3 Acceso a Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:66 +msgid "3.1 Acceso a la plataforma del proyecto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:67 +msgid "Para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR a promover Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO otorga a EL COLABORADOR acceso a su repositorio de código del proyecto para todas las “Aplicaciones Odoo Enterprise Edition”, en los términos establecidos en :ref:`appendix_p_a_es` y las condiciones restringidas del presente Contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:72 +msgid "Además, ODOO otorga a EL COLABORADOR acceso gratuito a la plataforma ODOO.SH con fines de prueba y desarrollo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:75 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR no tiene permitido bloquear, restringir o limitar de ninguna manera el acceso y uso de la Licencia Odoo Enterprise Edition por parte del cliente, sin consulta previa y autorización por escrito de ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:82 +msgid "3.2 Restricciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:83 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a mantener la confidencialidad del código fuente de las aplicaciones Odoo Enterprise Edition entre su personal. El acceso al código fuente de Odoo Enterprise Edition para los clientes se rige por el Contrato de suscripción de Odoo Enterprise. EL COLABORADOR se compromete a NO redistribuir este código a terceros sin el permiso por escrito de ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:89 +msgid "PARTNER se compromete a no ofrecer servicios en Odoo Enterprise Edition a clientes que no estén cubiertos por una suscripción de Odoo Enterprise, incluso durante la fase de implementación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:92 +msgid "A pesar de lo anterior, EL COLABORADOR se compromete a preservar por completo la integridad del código de Odoo Enterprise Edition necesario para verificar la validez del uso de Odoo Enterprise Edition y para recopilar estadísticas necesarias para este fin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:98 +msgid "4 Servicios de colaboración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:101 +msgid "4.1 Niveles de colaboración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:102 +msgid "El programa de socios de Odoo consta de dos tipos de asociaciones y cuatro niveles; \"Learning Partners\" es para empresas que desean todo lo necesario para comenzar a implementar Odoo, sin visibilidad como socio oficial hasta que obtengan la experiencia requerida; \"Official Partners\" es para empresas que desean la visibilidad como Ready, Silver y Gold, según su experiencia con Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:108 +msgid "El nivel de colaboración otorgado a EL COLABORADOR depende de los *nuevos usuarios netos de Odoo Enterprise vendidos* en los últimos 12 meses, el número de recursos certificados y la Tasa de Retención de clientes. Los *nuevos usuarios netos de Odoo Enterprise vendidos* incluyen nuevos clientes, ventas adicionales a clientes existentes, reducciones en ventas a clientes existentes y la pérdida de clientes. Las renovaciones de contratos existentes no se cuentan como parte del número de usuarios vendidos, pero EL COLABORADOR aún recibe una comisión por estos contratos según se establece en la sección :ref:`benefits_es`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:117 +msgid "La tabla siguiente resume los requisitos para cada nivel de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:119 +msgid "La *Tasa de Retención* de clientes se calcula dividiendo el número total de clientes de Odoo Enterprise adquiridos por EL COLABORADOR en los últimos 3 años que están actualmente activos, entre el número total de clientes de Odoo Enterprise adquiridos por EL COLABORADOR en los últimos 3 años." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:124 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:120 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:144 +msgid "Learning Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:124 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:120 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:144 +msgid "Official: Ready" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:124 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:120 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:144 +msgid "Official: Silver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:124 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:120 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:144 +msgid "Official: Gold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:126 +msgid "Nuevos Usuarios netos de Odoo Enterprise vendidos anualmente" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:126 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:129 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:122 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:125 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:114 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:116 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:126 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:122 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:114 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:126 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:126 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:122 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:114 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:129 +msgid "Número de empleados certificados en al menos uno de las 3 últimas versiones de Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:129 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:125 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:116 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:129 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:125 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:116 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:129 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:125 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:116 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:132 +msgid "Tasa de Retención mínima" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:132 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:128 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:119 +msgid "n/a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:132 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:128 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:119 +msgid "70%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:132 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:128 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:119 +msgid "80%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:135 +msgid "Las certificaciones son personales, por lo que cuando un miembro certificado del personal deja la empresa, EL COLABORADOR debe notificarlo a ODOO para que actualice la cantidad de recursos certificados activos para el contrato de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:139 +msgid "ODOO revisará trimestralmente el nivel de colaboración de EL COLABORADOR y lo ajustará al nivel más alto para el cual se cumplan los 3 requisitos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:142 +msgid "Sin embargo, los \"Official Partners\" pueden actualizarse automáticamente a un nivel superior una vez que alcancen los 3 requisitos para ese nivel de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:148 +msgid "4.2 Ventajas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:150 +msgid "En la tabla siguiente se describen los detalles de las ventajas para cada nivel de colaboración:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:159 +msgid "**Reconocimiento**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +msgid "Visibilidad en odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:190 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:197 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:148 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:178 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:185 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:148 +msgid "\"Ready Partner\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:148 +msgid "\"Silver Partner\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:148 +msgid "\"Gold Partner\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:163 +msgid "Derechos de uso de la marca registrada “Odoo” y logotipos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:163 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:168 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:170 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:174 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:180 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:190 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:195 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:197 +msgid "Sí" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:166 +msgid "**Ventajas de la formación**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:168 +msgid "Coaching de ventas y webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:170 +msgid "Acceso a la base de conocimiento Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 +msgid "**Ventajas del software**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:174 +msgid "Acceso al código fuente de Odoo Enterprise y repositorio Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 +msgid "Código de extensión de prueba de Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:180 +msgid "Acceso a Odoo.sh con fines de prueba y desarrollo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:183 +msgid "**Ventajas de las ventas**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:185 +msgid "Comisión por la plataforma Odoo SH [#s1]_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:185 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:188 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:182 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:171 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +msgid "10%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:185 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:171 +msgid "50%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:188 +msgid "Comisión por Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:188 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:182 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +msgid "15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:188 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:182 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +msgid "20%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:190 +msgid "Acceso a un gestor de cuentas especializado y Partner Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:193 +msgid "**Ventajas de marketing**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:195 +msgid "Material de marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:197 +msgid "Evento de EL COLABORADOR - Asistencia y promoción de ODOO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:201 +msgid "hasta un máximo de 150€ (o $180) de comisión mensual por suscripción, o 1440€ (o $1728) de comisión anual por suscripción." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:205 +msgid "4.3 Reconocimiento de socios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:206 +msgid "ODOO promocionará EL COLABORADOR como socio oficial en el sitio web oficial (odoo.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:208 +msgid "ODOO concede a EL COLABORADOR, de forma no exclusiva, el derecho a usar y reproducir el logotipo de socio de ODOO del nivel de colaboración correspondiente y el nombre “Odoo” en relación con este contrato de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:212 +msgid "Cada Parte se compromete a respetar todos los derechos de la otra Parte en todos los elementos mencionados en el párrafo anterior y, más concretamente, cada Parte debe abstenerse de causar cualquier analogía o crear confusión entre sus respectivas compañías en el público general, por cualquier motivo y por cualquier medio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:218 +msgid "4.4 Ventajas de la formación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:219 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR tiene acceso a la base de conocimiento de ODOO durante la duración de este Contrato. La base de conocimiento de ODOO es una plataforma electrónica en línea que contiene un conjunto de documentos comerciales, funcionales y de marketing para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR a adquirir y aprovechar el conocimiento de Odoo, hacer crecer su negocio, atraer más clientes y crear conciencia de marca." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:225 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR podrá acceder al coaching comercial facilitado por su gestor de cuentas especializado, designado por ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:228 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR también tiene la opción de comprar servicios de soporte o de formación suscribiéndose a un Success Pack de Odoo, por una tarifa adicional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:232 +msgid "4.5 Comisiones por los servicios de Odoo vendidos por EL COLABORADOR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:233 +msgid "Para los servicios ODOO comprados por un cliente a través de EL COLABORADOR, y siempre que el PARTNER mantenga una relación contractual con el cliente correspondiente, EL COLABORADOR ecibirá una comisión de acuerdo con la tabla de la sección :ref:`benefits_es` y su nivel de asociación en la fecha de la factura del cliente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:240 +msgid "5 Tarifas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:241 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a pagar la tarifa de la colaboración al recibir la factura anual enviada por ODOO. La tarifa se especificará por escrito al momento de la firma de este contracto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:244 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR reconoce que la tarifa de colaboración mencionadas anteriormente no son reembolsables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:246 +msgid "Todos los honorarios y cargos son exclusivos de todos los impuestos, tarifas o cargos gubernamentales, federales, provinciales, estatales, locales u otros aplicables (en conjunto, \"Impuestos\"). EL COLABORADOR es responsable de pagar todos los Impuestos asociados a las compras realizadas por EL COLABORADOR bajo este Contrato, excepto cuando ODOO esté legalmente obligado a pagar o recaudar Impuestos de los cuales EL COLABORADOR es responsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:253 +msgid "6 Resolución" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:254 +msgid "En el caso de que cualquiera de las Partes no cumpla con cualquiera de sus obligaciones que se derivan de este documento, y si tal incumplimiento no se ha rectificado en un período de 30 días naturales a partir de la notificación por escrito de dicho incumplimiento, la Parte que no incumplió sus obligaciones puede rescindir este contrato inmediatamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:261 +msgid "Disposiciones subsistentes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:260 +msgid "Las secciones « :ref:`restrictions_es` », « :ref:`p_liability_es` », y « :ref:`gov_law_es` » mantendrán su vigencia tras cualquier resolución o expiración de este contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:264 +msgid "6.1 Consecuencia de la resolución" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:269 +msgid "En el momento de la resolución de este contrato, EL COLABORADOR:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:266 +msgid "no deberá utilizar más los materiales y/o la marca Odoo ni reclamar la existencia de ninguna colaboración o relación con ODOO;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:268 +msgid "deberá cumplir con sus obligaciones durante cualquier período de aviso previo a dicha resolución;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:269 +msgid "ya no podrá usar Odoo Enterprise para fines de desarrollo, prueba o producción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:274 +msgid "7 Responsabilidad e indemnizaciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:275 +msgid "Ambas Partes están vinculadas por una obligación de medios aquí descrita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:277 +msgid "En la medida máxima permitida por la ley, la responsabilidad de cada Parte por cualquier reclamo, pérdida, daño o gasto derivado de cualquier manera o bajo cualquier circunstancia del presente contrato se limitará a los daños directos demostrados, pero en ningún caso excederá por todos los eventos o series de eventos relacionados que ocasionen daños la cantidad total de las tarifas pagadas por EL COLABORADOR en el transcurso de los seis (6) meses inmediatamente anteriores a la fecha del evento que dio lugar a dicha reclamación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:284 +msgid "En ningún caso cada Parte será responsable de ningún daño indirecto o consecuente, incluyendo, entre otros, pero no limitándose a, reclamaciones de clientes o terceros, pérdidas de ingresos, ganancias, ahorros, pérdidas de negocios y otras pérdidas financieras, costos de paralización y retraso, datos perdidos o dañados derivados o relacionados con el cumplimiento de sus obligaciones en virtud de este Contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:290 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR reconoce que no tiene ninguna expectativa y que no ha recibido garantías de recuperar ninguna inversión realizada en la ejecución de este contrato y el programa de socios de Odoo o de obtener ninguna cantidad anticipada de ganancias en virtud de este contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:296 +msgid "8 Imagen de marca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:297 +msgid "La marca \"Odoo\" (incluida la palabra y sus representaciones visuales y logotipos) es exclusiva propiedad de ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:300 +msgid "ODOO autoriza a PARTNER a usar la marca \"Odoo\" para promocionar sus productos y servicios, solo por la Duración del Contrato, siempre que:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:303 +msgid "no hay confusión posible de que el servicio sea proporcionado por PARTNER, no por ODOO;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:304 +msgid "PARTNER no use la palabra \"Odoo\" en el nombre de su compañía, nombre de producto, nombre de dominio y no registrar ninguna marca que la incluya." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:307 +msgid "Ambas Partes se abstendrán de dañar de ninguna manera la imagen de marca y la reputación de la otra Parte en el cumplimiento de este contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:310 +msgid "El incumplimiento de las disposiciones de esta sección será causa de resolución de este Contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:314 +msgid "8.1 Publicidad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:315 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR concede a ODOO el derecho no exclusivo de utilizar el nombre y las marcas comerciales de EL COLABORADOR en comunicados de prensa, promociones u otros anuncios públicos. En concreto, EL COLABORADOR acepta que se le mencione, y que el logotipo y la marca comercial de EL COLABORADOR se use solo para este fin, en la lista oficial de socios de ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:323 +msgid "8.2 No captación o contratación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:324 +msgid "Excepto cuando la otra Parte dé su consentimiento por escrito, cada Parte, sus afiliados y representantes acuerdan no captar u ofrecer empleo a ningún empleado de la otra Parte que participe en la realización o uso de los servicios de este contrato, durante la duración de este contrato y por un período de 24 meses a partir de la fecha de resolución o expiración de este contrato. En caso de cualquier incumplimiento de las condiciones de esta sección que conduzca al despido de dicho empleado con este objetivo, la Parte incumplidora se compromete a pagar a la otra parte la cantidad de 30 000,00 EUR (€) (treinta mil euros)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:335 +msgid "8.3 Contratistas independientes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:336 +msgid "Las Partes son contratistas independientes, y este contrato no debe interpretarse como la configuración de cualquier Parte como socia, empresa conjunta o fiduciaria de la otra, como la creación de otra forma de asociación legal que exigiría responsabilidad a una Parte por la acción o la falta de acción de la otra, o como la prestación a cada Parte del derecho, poder o autoridad (expresa o implícita) para crear cualquier deber u obligación de la otra." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:346 +msgid "9 Ley y jurisdicción aplicables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:347 +msgid "Este contrato se rige y se interpreta de acuerdo con las leyes de Bélgica. Todas las disputas que surjan en relación con este contrato para las que no se pueda encontrar una solución amistosa serán resueltas definitivamente en los Tribunales de Bélgica en Nivelles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:367 +msgid "Firmas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:369 +msgid "Por ODOO," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:369 +msgid "Por EL COLABORADOR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:377 +msgid "|vnegspace| |hspace| Por ODOO, |hspace| Por EL COLABORADOR, |vspace|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:385 +msgid "10 Anexo A: Licencia Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:9 +msgid "`Download PDF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:11 +msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement” est la :ref:`version originale en anglais `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:25 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:21 +msgid "Version 11 - 2023-05-19" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo S.A., une entreprise dont le siège social se situe Chaussée de Namur, 40," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:29 +msgid "1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgique, et ses filialies (désignées collectivement « ODOO »)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:30 +msgid "ET:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:31 +msgid "_____________________________________________, une entreprise dont le siège social se situe à" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:33 +msgid "(ci-après dénommée « PARTENAIRE »)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:36 +msgid "ODOO et PARTENAIRE sont désignées individuellement par le terme « Partie » et collectivement par le terme « les Parties »." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:40 +msgid "1 Objectif" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:41 +msgid "L’objectif de ce Contrat est de présenter les conditions auxquelles ODOO fournit des services au PARTENAIRE et l’accès au logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition, et en vertu desquelles le PARTENAIRE se plie aux obligations énoncées ci-après." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:45 +msgid "Par le présent accord, ODOO désigne le PARTENAIRE, désignation acceptée par le PARTENAIRE, comme partenaire non exclusif pour promouvoir et vendre « Odoo Enterprise Edition » à des clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:48 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à faire tous les efforts possibles pour vendre des contrats Odoo Enterprise à ses clients. Pour étayer ces efforts, le PARTENAIRE commercialisera en priorité la version « Odoo Enterprise Edition » aux prospects et clients. Si nécessaire, le PARTENAIRE peut vendre des services sur d’autres versions du logiciel, comme « Odoo Community Edition »." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:54 +msgid "2 Durée du Contrat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:55 +msgid "Ce Contrat restera en vigueur pendant un an (la « Durée ») à compter de la date de la signature. Il est automatiquement renouvelé pour une Durée équivalente, à moins qu’une partie transmette à l’autre partie une dénonciation écrite au moins 30 jours avant la fin de la Durée." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:61 +msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:64 +msgid "3.1 Accès à la plate-forme projet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:65 +msgid "Pour aider le PARTENAIRE à promouvoir Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE l’accès à son dépôt de code pour toutes les « Apps Odoo Enterprise Edition » sous les conditions présentées dans :ref:`appendix_p_a_fr` et les conditions reprises dans ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:69 +msgid "ODOO accorde aussi au PARTENAIRE un accès gratuit à la plate-forme ODOO.SH, exclusivement dans un but de test et de développement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:75 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:70 +msgid "3.2 Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:76 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à maintenir la confidentialité du code source des Apps Odoo Enterprise Edition au sein de son personnel. L’accès au code source d’Odoo Enterprise Edition pour les clients est régi par l'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement. Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à ne PAS redistribuer ce code à un tiers sans l’autorisation écrite d’ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:81 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à n'offrir des services relatifs à Odoo Enterprise Edition qu'aux clients qui disposent d'un contrat Odoo Enterprise valide, et ce même pendant la phase d'implémentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:84 +msgid "Nonobstant ce qui précède, le PARTENAIRE s’engage à préserver totalement l’intégrité du code d’Odoo Enterprise Edition requis pour vérifier la validité de l’utilisation d’Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueillir les données statistiques nécessaires à cette fin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:88 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE n'est pas autorisé à bloquer, restreindre ou limiter d'aucune manière l'accès et l'usage de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition pour les clients, sauf en cas de consultation préalable et accord écrit d'ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:93 +msgid "4 Services du partenariat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:96 +msgid "4.1 Niveaux de partenariat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:97 +msgid "Le programme partenaire d’Odoo consiste en deux types de partenariat et quatre niveaux. Le type “Learning Partners” est prévu les sociétés souhaitent démarrer la mise en oeuvre d'Odoo, mais sans la visibilité d'un partenaire officiel, en attendant d'acquérir l'expérience requise; tandis qu' \"Official Partners\" est prévu pour les sociétés qui veulent la visibilité en tant que partenaire Ready, Silver ou Gold, suivant leur niveau d'expérience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:103 +msgid "Le niveau de partenariat accordé au PARTENAIRE dépend du *nombre net de nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus* au cours des 12 derniers mois, du nombre de ressources internes certifiées, et du Taux de Rétention de clients. Le *nombre net de nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus* comprend les nouveaux clients, les ventes supplémentaires aux clients existants, les ventes réduites aux clients existants ainsi que la perte de clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:109 +msgid "Les renouvellements des contrats existants ne sont pas pris en compte dans le nombre d'utilisateurs vendus, mais le PARTENAIRE reçoit toujours une commission sur ces contrats, comme indiqué à la section :ref:`benefits_fr`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:113 +msgid "Le tableau ci-dessous résume les exigences pour chaque niveau de partenariat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:115 +msgid "Le *Taux de Rétention* de clients est calculé en divisant le nombre total de clients Odoo Enterprise acquis par le PARTENAIRE au cours des 3 dernières années et actuellement actifs par le nombre total de clients Odoo Enterprise acquis par le PARTENAIRE au cours des 3 dernières années." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:122 +msgid "Nouveaux utilisateurs net Odoo Enterprise vendus annuellement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:122 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:114 +msgid "75" msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:125 -msgid "Le niveau de partenariat du PARTENAIRE sera revu trimestriellement par ODOO, et ajusté au plus haut niveau pour lequel les 3 exigences sont atteintes." +msgid "Nombre d'employés certifiés sur au moins une des 3 dernières version d'Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:128 +msgid "Taux de Rétention minimum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:131 +msgid "Les certifications sont personnelles, donc lorsqu’un membre du personnel quitte ou rejoint l’entreprise, le PARTENAIRE doit en informer ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:134 +msgid "Le niveau de partenariat du PARTENAIRE sera revu trimestriellement par ODOO, et ajusté au plus haut niveau pour lequel les 3 exigences sont atteintes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:137 msgid "Cependant les \"Official Partners\" pourront monter de niveau de partenariat dès qu’ils répondent aux 3 exigences pour ce niveau." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:135 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 msgid "4.2 Avantages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:137 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:146 msgid "Les avantages de chaque niveau de partenariat sont détaillés dans le tableau ci-dessous :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:146 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:155 msgid "**Reconnaissance**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:148 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 msgid "Visibilité sur odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:148 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:178 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:185 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:187 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:194 msgid "Non" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:150 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 msgid "Droit d’utiliser la marque déposée et les logos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:150 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:155 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:161 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:163 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:165 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:178 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:183 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:185 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:164 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:166 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:170 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:172 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:174 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:187 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:192 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:194 msgid "Oui" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:162 msgid "**Avantages formation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:155 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:164 msgid "Coaching Vente & Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:166 msgid "Accès à la base de connaissances Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:168 msgid "**Avantages logiciel**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:170 msgid "Accès au code source Odoo Enterprise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:163 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:172 msgid "Code extension d'essai Odoo Enterprise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:165 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:174 msgid "Accès à Odoo.SH dans un but de test ou de développement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:168 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:177 msgid "**Avantages Ventes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:170 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 msgid "Commission sur la plateforme Odoo SH [#s1f]_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:173 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:182 msgid "Commission sur Odoo Enterprise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:175 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:184 msgid "Commission sur la Maintenance de Modules Supplémentaires" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:175 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:170 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:184 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:175 msgid "82%" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:178 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:187 msgid "Accès à un Account Manager dédié et au Tableau de Bord Partenaire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:181 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:190 msgid "**Avantages marketing**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:183 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:192 msgid "Accès au matériel de marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:185 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:194 msgid "Événement PARTENAIRE - ODOO support & promotion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:189 -msgid "jusqu'à un maximum de 150€ (ou 180$) de commission mensuelle par contrat Odoo.SH." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:198 +msgid "jusqu'à un maximum de 150€ (ou $180) de commission mensuelle par contrat Odoo.SH, ou 1440€ (ou $1728) de commission annuelle par contrat Odoo.SH." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:193 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:202 msgid "4.3 Reconnaissance du partenaire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:194 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:203 msgid "ODOO promouvra les \"Official Partners\" dans la liste des partenaires Odoo sur odoo.com." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:196 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:205 msgid "ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE, sur une base non exclusive, le droit d’utiliser et de reproduire le logo partenaire d’ODOO du niveau de partenariat correspondant et le nom « Odoo » en relation avec ce Contrat de partenariat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:200 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:209 msgid "Chacune des Parties s’engage à respecter les droits de l’autre Partie pour tous les éléments repris dans le paragraphe précédent et s’abstiendra plus particulièrement de créer des analogies ou une confusion entre leurs entreprises respectives dans l’esprit du grand public, pour quelque raison et par quelque moyen que ce soit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:206 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:215 msgid "4.4 Avantages formation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:207 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:216 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE a accès à la base de connaissances d’ODOO pour toute la durée de ce Contrat. La base de connaissance d’ODOO est une plateforme en ligne reprenant une série de documents commerciaux, marketing et de documentation sur les fonctionnalités, pour aider le PARTENAIRE à engranger et exploiter des connaissances Odoo, étendre son entreprise, attirer davantage de clients et augmenter la visibilité de sa marque." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:213 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:222 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE aura accès à un coaching commercial fourni par son Account Manager dédié désigné par ODOO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:216 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:225 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE a également la possibilité d'acheter des services de support ou de formation en souscrivant à un Odoo Success Pack, moyennant un supplément." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:220 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:229 msgid "4.5 Commissions sur les Services Odoo vendus par le PARTENAIRE" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:221 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:230 msgid "Pour les services ODOO achetés par un client par le biais du PARTENAIRE, et pour autant que le PARTENAIRE maintienne une relation contractuelle avec ce client, le PARTENAIRE recevra une commission en fonction du tableau de la section :ref:`benefits_fr` et du niveau de partenariat à la date de la facture client correspondante." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:226 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:235 msgid "Une fois par mois, le PARTENAIRE recevra un bon de commande pour la commission due pour le mois précédent. Sur base de ce bon de commande, le PARTENAIRE facturera ODOO, et sera payé dans un délai de 15 jours suivant la réception de cette facture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:230 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:223 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:239 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:229 msgid "**Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:232 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:241 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE comprend et accepte que lorsqu'un client choisit de Collaborer avec le PARTENAIRE, ODOO lui déléguera la Maintenance des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts [#pcom_fr1]_, et qu'il deviendra le point de contact principal du client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:236 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:245 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE ne recevra de commission pour la Maintenance des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts que pour autant que le client ne signale pas à ODOO sa volonté d'arrêter de Collaborer avec le PARTENAIRE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:241 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:250 msgid "“Collaborer avec un Partenaire Odoo” et “Modules Supplémentaires Couverts” sont définis dans le contrat \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement\" entre ODOO et le client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:246 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:255 msgid "5 Frais" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:247 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:256 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à payer les frais annuels de Partenariat à la réception de la facture annuelle envoyée par ODOO. Ces frais seront spécifiés par écrit au moment de la signature de ce Contrat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:251 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:260 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE accepte que les frais de partenariat susmentionnés ne soient pas remboursables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:255 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:262 +msgid "Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes, frais et charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le PARTENAIRE est responsable du paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le PARTENAIRE en vertu de ce Contrat, sauf lorsque ODOO est légalement tenu de payer ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le PARTENAIRE est responsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:269 msgid "6 Résiliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:256 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:270 msgid "Dans le cas où l’une des Parties ne remplirait pas l’une des obligations mentionnées ici et qu’un tel manquement ne serait remédié dans les 30 jours calendrier suivant la communication écrite d’un tel manquement, la Partie non fautive peut mettre un terme immédiat à ce Contrat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:262 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:276 msgid "Maintien des dispositions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:261 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:275 msgid "Les sections « :ref:`restrictions_fr` », « :ref:`p_liability_fr` », et « :ref:`gov_law_fr` » seront maintenues après expiration ou résiliation de ce Contrat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:265 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:279 msgid "6.1 Conséquences de la résiliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:271 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:285 msgid "À l’expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, le PARTENAIRE :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:267 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:281 msgid "n’utilisera plus le matériel et le nom de marque d’Odoo et ses marques déposées, et ne revendiquera plus l’existence d’un partenariat ou d’une relation quelconque avec ODOO ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:269 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:283 msgid "respectera ses engagements pendant toute période de préavis précédant une telle résiliation ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:270 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:284 msgid "ne pourra plus utiliser Odoo Enterprise, que ce soit à des fins de développement, de test ou de production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:276 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:290 msgid "7 Responsabilité et Indemnités" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:277 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:291 msgid "Les deux Parties sont liées par l’obligation de moyens ci-après." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:279 -msgid "Dans les limites autorisées par la loi, la responsabilité d’ODOO pour quelque réclamation, perte, dommage ou dépense que ce soit découlant de n’importe quelle cause et survenant de quelque manière que ce soit dans le cadre de ce Contrat sera limitée aux dommages directs prouvés, mais ne dépassera en aucun cas, pour tous les événements ou séries d’événements connexes entraînant des dommages, le montant total des frais payés par le PARTENAIRE au cours de six (6) mois précédant immédiatement la date de l’événement donnant naissance à une telle plainte." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:293 +msgid "Dans les limites autorisées par la loi, la responsabilité de chaque Partie pour quelque réclamation, perte, dommage ou dépense que ce soit découlant de n’importe quelle cause et survenant de quelque manière que ce soit dans le cadre de ce Contrat sera limitée aux dommages directs prouvés, mais ne dépassera en aucun cas, pour tous les événements ou séries d’événements connexes entraînant des dommages, le montant total des frais payés par le PARTENAIRE au cours de six (6) mois précédant immédiatement la date de l’événement donnant naissance à une telle plainte." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:286 -msgid "En aucun cas, ODOO ne sera responsable pour tout dommage indirect ou consécutif, y compris, mais sans s’y restreindre, aux plaintes, pertes de revenu, de recettes, d’économies, d’entreprise ou autre perte financière, coûts d’arrêt ou de retard, pertes de données ou données corrompues de tiers ou de clients résultant de ou en lien avec l’exécution de ses obligations dans le cadre de ce Contrat." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:300 +msgid "En aucun cas chaque Partie ne sera responsable pour tout dommage indirect ou consécutif, y compris, mais sans s’y restreindre, aux plaintes, pertes de revenu, de recettes, d’économies, d’entreprise ou autre perte financière, coûts d’arrêt ou de retard, pertes de données ou données corrompues de tiers ou de clients résultant de ou en lien avec l’exécution de ses obligations dans le cadre de ce Contrat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:292 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:306 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE comprend qu’il n’a aucune attente et n’a reçu aucune assurance qu’un investissement effectué dans l’exécution de ce Contrat et du Programme de partenariat d’Odoo sera récupéré ou recouvert ou qu’il obtiendra un quelconque montant de bénéfices anticipé en vertu de ce Contrat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:298 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:312 msgid "8 Image de marque" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:300 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:314 msgid "La marque \"Odoo\" (y compris le nom et ses représentations visuelles et logos) est la propriété exclusive d'ODOO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:303 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:317 msgid "ODOO autorise le PARTENAIRE à utiliser la marque \"Odoo\" pour promouvoir ses produits et services, pour la Durée de ce Contrat seulement, et tant que les conditions suivantes sont remplies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:306 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:320 msgid "Aucune confusion n'est possible sur le fait que les services sont fournis par le PARTENAIRE, et non par ODOO;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:308 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:322 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE n'utilise pas la marque \"Odoo\" dans un nom d'entreprise, un nom de produit, ou un nom de domaine, et ne dépose aucune marque qui la contienne." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:311 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:325 msgid "Les Parties s’abstiendront de nuire à l’image de marque et à la réputation de l’autre Partie de quelque façon que ce soit, dans l’exécution de ce Contrat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:314 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:328 msgid "Le non-respect des dispositions de cette section sera une cause de résiliation du Contrat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:318 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:332 msgid "8.1 Publicité" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:319 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:333 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE octroie à ODOO un droit non exclusif d’utilisation du nom ou de la marque déposée du PARTENAIRE dans des communiqués de presse, annonces publicitaires ou autres annonces publiques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:322 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:336 msgid "Le PARTENAIRE accepte en particulier d’être mentionné dans la liste officielle des partenaires ODOO et que son logo ou sa marque déposée soient utilisés à cette fin uniquement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:326 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:340 msgid "8.2 Pas de candidature ou d’engagement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:328 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:342 msgid "À moins que l’autre Partie ne donne son consentement écrit, chaque Partie, ses filiales et ses représentants acceptent de ne pas solliciter ou proposer un emploi à un travailleur de l’autre Partie impliqué dans l’exécution ou l’utilisation des Services repris dans ce Contrat, pour toute la durée de l’accord et une période de 12 mois suivant la date de résiliation ou d’expiration de ce Contrat. En cas de non-respect des conditions de cette section qui mène à la résiliation dudit travailleur à cet effet, la Partie fautive accepte de payer à l’autre Partie la somme de 30 000,00 (trente mille) euros (€)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:337 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:351 msgid "8.3 Contracteurs indépendants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:338 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:352 msgid "Les Parties sont des contracteurs indépendants et ce Contrat ne sera pas interprété comme constituant une Partie comme partenaire, joint-venture ou fiduciaire de l’autre ni créant tout autre forme d’association légale qui imposerait à l’une des Parties la responsabilité pour l’action ou l’inaction de l’autre ou fournissant à l’une des Parties le droit, le pouvoir ou l’autorité (expresse ou implicite) de créer quelque devoir ou obligation que ce soit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:347 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:361 msgid "9 Loi applicable et compétence" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:348 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:362 msgid "Ce Contrat sera gouverné par et interprété en accord avec la loi belge. Tout litige naissant en lien avec le Contrat et pour lequel aucun règlement à l’amiable ne peut être trouvé sera finalement réglé par les Tribunaux de Belgique à Nivelles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:368 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:382 #: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:359 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:370 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:370 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:384 msgid "Pour ODOO," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:370 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:384 msgid "Pour le PARTENAIRE," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:378 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:392 msgid "|vnegspace| |hspace| Pour ODOO, |hspace| Pour le PARTENAIRE, |vspace|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:388 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:402 msgid "10 Annexe A : Licence Odoo Enterprise Edition" msgstr "" @@ -4414,427 +5046,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Download PDF <../../odoo_partnership_agreement.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:22 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:23 msgid "BETWEEN:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:23 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:24 msgid "Odoo S.A., having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:24 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:25 msgid "Belgium, and its affiliates (collectively referred to as “ODOO”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:25 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:26 msgid "AND:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:26 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:27 msgid "_____________________________________________, a company having its registered office at" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:28 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:29 msgid "(hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:30 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:31 msgid "ODOO and PARTNER are individually referred to as a \"Party\" and collectively referred to as \"the Parties\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:34 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:35 msgid "1 Purpose" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:35 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:36 msgid "The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which ODOO provides services to PARTNER, access to the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, and under which PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:39 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:40 msgid "ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts the appointment, to be a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling \"Odoo Enterprise Edition\" to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:42 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:43 msgid "PARTNER commits to doing its best effort to sell Odoo Enterprise contracts to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will market in priority the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition\" version to prospects and customers. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:48 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:49 msgid "2 Term of the Agreement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:49 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:50 msgid "The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term unless either party provides written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:55 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:56 msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:58 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:59 msgid "3.1 Project platform access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:59 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:60 msgid "To help PARTNER promote Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO grants PARTNER access to its project code repository for all \"Odoo Enterprise Edition\" Apps, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_p_a` and the conditions restricted under this Agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:63 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:64 msgid "In addition, ODOO grants PARTNER free access to the ODOO.SH platform for testing and development purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:70 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:71 msgid "PARTNER commits to keeping confidentiality of the source code of Odoo Enterprise Edition Apps within its staff. Access to the source code of Odoo Enterprise Edition for customers is governed by the Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement. PARTNER agrees to NOT redistribute this code to third parties without the written permission of ODOO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:75 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:76 msgid "PARTNER commits to not offer services on Odoo Enterprise Edition to customers who are not covered by an Odoo Enterprise subscription, even during the implementation phase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:78 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:79 msgid "Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the integrity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition code that is required to verify the validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise Edition and to collect statistics that are needed for that purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:84 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:83 +msgid "PARTNER is not allowed to block, restrict or limit in any way the customer's access and use of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License, without prior consultation and written authorisation from ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:88 msgid "4 Partnership Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:87 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:91 msgid "4.1 Partnership levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:88 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:92 msgid "The Odoo partner program consists of two types of partnerships and four levels; “Learning Partners” is for companies who want everything necessary to start implementing Odoo, without visibility as an official partner until they get the required experience; “Official Partners” is for companies who want the visibility as Ready, Silver, and Gold, according to their experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:94 -msgid "Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo Enterprise revenue generated for ODOO (in terms of Odoo Enterprise Users sold), the number of certified resources and the customer Retention Rate. Renewals of existing contracts do not count towards the number of Users Sold, but PARTNER still gets a commission on these contracts as stated in section :ref:`benefits`." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:98 +msgid "Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the *net new Odoo Enterprise users sold* in the last 12 months, the number of certified resources and the customer Retention Rate. The *net new Odoo Enterprise users sold* includes new customers, upsells on existing customer, downsells on existing customers, and customer churn. Renewals of existing contracts do not count towards the number of Users Sold, but PARTNER still gets a commission on these contracts as stated in section :ref:`benefits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:100 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 msgid "The table below summarizes the requirements that have to be met for each partnership level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 -msgid "Annual New Odoo Enterprise Users Sold" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:107 +msgid "The customer *Retention Rate* is calculated by dividing the total number of Odoo Enterprise customers acquired by PARTNER in the last 3 years that are currently active by the total number of Odoo Enterprise customers acquired by PARTNER in the last 3 years." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:107 -msgid "Number of Certified Employees on at least one of the 3 last Odoo versions" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:114 +msgid "Annual Net New Odoo Enterprise Users Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:110 -msgid "Minimum Retention Rate" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:116 +msgid "Number of Certified Employees on at least one of the 3 last Odoo versions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:113 -msgid "The Retention Rate is defined as the ratio between the number of Odoo Enterprise contracts that are currently active, and the number of Odoo Enterprise contracts that have been active at some point in the last 12 months" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:119 +msgid "Minimum Retention Rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:117 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:122 msgid "Certifications are personal, so when a certified staff member leaves or joins the company, PARTNER must notify ODOO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:120 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:125 msgid "PARTNER's partnership level will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO, and adjusted to the highest level for which the 3 requirements are met." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:123 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:128 msgid "However, \"Official Partners\" may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the 3 requirements for that higher partnership level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:130 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:135 msgid "4.2 Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:132 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:137 msgid "The details of the benefits for each level of the partnership are described in the table below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:141 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:146 msgid "**Recognition**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:143 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:148 msgid "Visibility on odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:145 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:150 msgid "Right to use \"Odoo\" trademark and Partner Logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:145 #: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:150 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:152 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:155 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:157 #: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:164 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:166 #: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:178 -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:180 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:183 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:185 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:148 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:153 msgid "**Training benefits**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:150 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:155 msgid "Sales Coaching & Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:152 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:157 msgid "Access to Odoo Knowledge Base" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:154 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:159 msgid "**Software benefits**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 msgid "Access to Odoo Enterprise source code and Github repository" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:164 msgid "Odoo Enterprise trial extension code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:166 msgid "Access to Odoo.sh for testing and development purposes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:164 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:169 msgid "**Sales benefits**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:166 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:171 msgid "Commission on Odoo SH platform [#s1]_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 msgid "Commission on Odoo Enterprise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:170 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:175 msgid "Commission on Maintenance of Extra Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:178 msgid "Dedicated Account Manager & Partner Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:176 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:181 msgid "**Marketing benefits**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:178 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:183 msgid "Access to marketing material" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:180 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:185 msgid "PARTNER Event - ODOO support & Promotion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:184 -msgid "up to a maximum of 150€ (or 180$) of monthly commission per subscription" +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:189 +msgid "up to a maximum of 150€ (or $180) of monthly commission per subscription, or 1440€ (or $1728) of yearly commission per subscription" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:188 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:194 msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:189 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:195 msgid "ODOO will promote \"Official Partners\" on the Odoo Partners list on odoo.com." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:191 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:197 msgid "ODOO grants PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the right to use and reproduce the ODOO Partner logo of the corresponding partnership level, and the \"Odoo\" name in relation to this partnership agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:195 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:201 msgid "Each Party undertakes to respect all the rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the mind of the general public." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:200 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:206 msgid "4.4 Training Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:201 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:207 msgid "PARTNER has access to the ODOO knowledge base for the duration of this Agreement. The ODOO knowledge base is an online e-platform containing a set of commercial, marketing and functional documents, to help PARTNER acquire and leverage Odoo knowledge, grow its business, attract more customers, and build brand awareness." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:206 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:212 msgid "PARTNER will have access to commercial coaching provided by their dedicated Account Manager, as appointed by ODOO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:209 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:215 msgid "PARTNER also has the option to purchase support services or training by subscribing to an Odoo Success Pack, for an extra fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:213 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:219 msgid "4.5 Commissions on Odoo Services sold by PARTNER" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:214 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:220 msgid "For ODOO services purchased by a customer through PARTNER, and as long as PARTNER maintains a contractual relationship with the corresponding customer, PARTNER shall receive a commission according to the table of section :ref:`benefits` and their Partnership level at the date of the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:219 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:225 msgid "Once a month, PARTNER will receive a purchase order with the commission due for the preceding month. Based on this purchase order, PARTNER shall invoice ODOO, and will be paid within 15 days upon receipt of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:225 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:231 msgid "PARTNER acknowledges and agrees that when a customer decides to Work with PARTNER [#pcom1]_ , ODOO will delegate the Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules to PARTNER, who becomes the main point of contact of the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:229 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:235 msgid "PARTNER shall only receive the commission for the Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules as long as the customer does not notify ODOO that they want to stop Working with PARTNER." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:232 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:238 msgid "“Working with an Odoo Partner” and “Covered Extra Modules” are defined in the Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement between ODOO and customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:236 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:242 msgid "5 Fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:237 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:243 msgid "PARTNER agrees to pay the Partnership Annual Fee upon receipt of the annual invoice sent by ODOO. The fee will be specified in writing at the time of signature of this agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:241 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:247 msgid "PARTNER acknowledges that the above-mentioned Partnership fee is not refundable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:245 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:249 +msgid "All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, “Taxes”). PARTNER is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with purchases made by PARTNER under this Agreement, except when ODOO is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which PARTNER is responsible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:256 msgid "6 Termination" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:246 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:257 msgid "In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such a breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:251 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:262 msgid "The sections \":ref:`restrictions`”, “:ref:`p_liability`”, and “:ref:`gov_law`” will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:255 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:266 msgid "6.1 Consequence of termination" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:260 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:271 msgid "On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:257 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:268 msgid "shall not use anymore the materials and the Odoo brand name, trademarks and logos or claim the existence of any partnership or relationship with ODOO ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:259 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:270 msgid "shall comply with its obligations during any notice period prior to such termination ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:260 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:271 msgid "may not use Odoo Enterprise anymore, for development, test or production purpose" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:265 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:276 msgid "7 Liability and Indemnities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:266 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:277 msgid "Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:268 -msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proved, but will in no event exceed for all damage-causing event or series of connected events causing damages the total amount for the fees paid by PARTNER in the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:279 +msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, the liability of each Party for any and all claims, losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proved, but will in no event exceed for all damage-causing event or series of connected events causing damages the total amount for the fees paid by PARTNER in the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:274 -msgid "In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:285 +msgid "In no event will each Party be liable for any indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:279 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:290 msgid "PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectations and has received no assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the Odoo Partnership Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:285 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:296 msgid "8 Brand Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:287 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:298 msgid "The \"Odoo\" mark (including the word mark and its visual representations and logos) is the exclusive property of ODOO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:290 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:301 msgid "ODOO authorizes PARTNER to use the \"Odoo\" mark to promote its products and services, for the duration of this agreement only, as long as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:293 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:304 msgid "There is no possible confusion that the service is provided by PARTNER, not ODOO;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:294 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:305 msgid "PARTNER does not use the word “Odoo” in their company name, product name, domain name, and does not register any trademark that includes it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:297 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:308 msgid "Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this Agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:300 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:311 msgid "Non-compliance with the provisions of this section shall be a cause for termination of this Agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:304 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:315 msgid "8.1 Publicity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:305 -msgid "PARTNER grants ODOO the nonexclusive right to use PARTNER's name or trademarks in press releases, advertisements or other public announcements." +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:316 +msgid "PARTNER grants ODOO the non-exclusive right to use PARTNER's name or trademarks in press releases, advertisements or other public announcements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:308 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:319 msgid "In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned in the official list of Odoo Partners on odoo.com, and that PARTNER's logo and trademarks may be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:315 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:326 msgid "8.2 No Soliciting or Hiring" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:317 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:328 msgid "Except where the other Party gives its consent in writing, each Party, its affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other Party who is involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching Party agrees to pay the other Party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:327 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:338 msgid "8.3 Independent Contractors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:328 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:339 msgid "The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be construed as constituting either Party as a partner, joint venture or fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of a legal association that would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority (express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:338 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:349 msgid "9 Governing Law and Jurisdiction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:339 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:350 msgid "This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts of Belgium in Nivelles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:361 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:372 msgid "For ODOO," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:361 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:372 msgid "For PARTNER" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:369 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:380 msgid "|vnegspace| |hspace| For ODOO, |hspace| For PARTNER, |vspace|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:377 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:388 msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 56c8fc3841..08e47929d3 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -614,6 +614,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" msgstr "" @@ -1067,6 +1068,7 @@ msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5 msgid "Essentials" msgstr "" @@ -1303,6 +1305,7 @@ msgid "Remember, the winning mailing variation is based on the criteria selected msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:15 msgid "Campaigns page" msgstr "" @@ -1787,448 +1790,1000 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Yes, but it is not possible out-of-the-box. Odoo experts can help customize a database to allow for the use of a personal SMS provider. Please check our success packs `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 -msgid "Surveys" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:11 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "Social marketing campaigns help companies connect directly with the marketplace. These campaigns are helpful when introducing a new product to customers, explaining the value of a product or service, or when advertising an upcoming event or product release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:9 +msgid "The most effective social marketing campaigns typically involve multiple channels to maximize content distribution, and Odoo's *Social Marketing* application acts as a singular control center to monitor, plan, post, track, and analyze all of the various content and content channels within a single dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 +msgid "To access a complete overview of all social marketing campaigns, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and click :menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate page with every campaign in a default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "Each *stage* in the kanban view can be edited, by clicking the :guilabel:`gear icon` to the left of the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` - located to the right of the stage title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:29 +msgid "The **gear icon** *only* appears when the cursor hovers to the left of the **+ (plus sign)**. When the gear icon is clicked, a drop-down menu reveals the options: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` minimizes that specific stage's column. The stage column can be restored by clicking the folded version of it on the main :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 +msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Edit Stage` reveals a pop-up window, in which the name and the sequence of the stage can be modified. If changes are made, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:44 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Delete` removes the stage entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:47 +msgid "To add a new stage to the pipeline, side-scroll to the right on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 +msgid "The same social marketing campaign information on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 +msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:59 +msgid "First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select :guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, a new campaign can be created by clicking the quick add :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` located in the top-right corner of each stage in the pipeline, visible in the kanban view. Campaigns can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 +msgid "Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 +msgid "Here, the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 +msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:80 +msgid "In order to edit a campaign in greater detail, and create/send various forms of communications related to it, the template page for that campaign must be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a template page for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 +msgid "After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 +msgid "Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in list or kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the kanban view, select the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and select :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 +msgid "Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that specific campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 +msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:96 +msgid "On a *Campaign Template* page, numerous elements can be customized/modified, and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:105 +msgid "In order for the :guilabel:`Send New Mailing` option to appear on campaign templates, make sure the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is enabled in the *Email Marketing* app. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 +msgid "In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS Marketing* application must be installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 +msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 +msgid "If the proper settings and applications are installed (as instructed above), there are four forms of communication/content options that can be added to campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left corner of the campaign template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in which a SMS communication can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send Social Post`: reveals a blank social post template on a separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media accounts that are already connected to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Push Notification`: reveals a similar blank social post template on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 +msgid "Whichever form of communication is created, once it's completed, Odoo returns to the :guilabel:`Campaign Template` page, showcasing that new content in its corresponding tab (e.g. :guilabel:`Mailings`, :guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push Notifications`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 +msgid "As content and communications are added to a campaign, tabs for those specific mediums appear, along with a variety of analytical smart buttons (e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 +msgid "These smart buttons, located at the top of the template, display different metrics related to the campaign, and its various communications and content. Clicking any smart button reveals a separate page dedicated to that particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 +msgid "The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 +msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 +msgid "In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 +msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to :menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +msgid "From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 +msgid "Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 +msgid "Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that account's posts are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on :guilabel:`Insights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 +msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to :menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +msgid "Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 +msgid "Post template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 +msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "'Your Post' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push notification, this post will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +msgid "In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 +msgid "Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content of the post is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the :guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +msgid "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +msgid "If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly displayed in the visual preview of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +msgid "Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured campaigns to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting :guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-created campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 +msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the :guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +msgid "If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +msgid "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +msgid "Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the :guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 +msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +msgid "There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a :guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field. Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear for visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 +msgid "Social post status bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the :guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +msgid "If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the :guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is *Scheduled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "Posts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +msgid "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +msgid "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +msgid "Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +msgid "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, :guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +msgid "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where different measures of data can be added and analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +msgid "Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 +msgid "Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, specific to the pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 +msgid "From left to right, the options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more detailed information related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +msgid ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot table as a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +msgid "Visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s) connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Visitors` in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +msgid "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +msgid "The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +msgid "Social media page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 +msgid "If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click :guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Social accounts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +msgid "To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +msgid "Social streams page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +msgid "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the :guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the :guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +msgid "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 +msgid "Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 msgid "Survey essentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 msgid "Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed business decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 msgid "Getting started" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click :guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:18 msgid "On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose an image from the local files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:22 msgid "Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 msgid "Questions tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:36 msgid "Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into the divided sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 msgid "The survey question pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:49 msgid "Create questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:51 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:67 msgid "Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options` tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the :guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what question is chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:72 msgid "Create sections and questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:74 msgid "Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Options` tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:78 msgid "Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what :guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:81 msgid "For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or multiple choices can be selected per row." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed based on the participant's answer to a previous question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in a text box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit for the question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 msgid "Conditional Display" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:99 msgid "When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the :guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:102 msgid "Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 msgid "Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, there are different sections of settings that can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:111 msgid "The sections include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 msgid "Questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121 msgid "First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options can be chosen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:127 msgid "If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the participant to go back to a question during the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:131 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a :guilabel:`Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:135 msgid "Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:139 msgid "After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled :guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured by section. This mode is ignored in a live session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:56 msgid ":doc:`time_random`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147 msgid "Scoring" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149 msgid "The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:155 msgid "If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:159 msgid "Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the :guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using the selected email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:165 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the :guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives a badge upon passing the certification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172 msgid "Candidates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174 msgid "To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and :guilabel:`Invited people only`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:177 msgid "Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the :guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the participant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 msgid "The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and collect answers from a live audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:187 msgid "Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:195 msgid "Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:200 msgid "Test and share the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:202 msgid "Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking :guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:206 msgid "When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant, to check for errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:210 msgid "To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the :guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending the survey out to participants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:215 msgid "When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the :guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:218 msgid "In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:222 msgid "As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the :guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 msgid "Scoring surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 msgid "To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:9 msgid "To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the correct answer will be highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their final score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:21 msgid "To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:25 msgid "Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the :guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of correct answers is needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:28 msgid "Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge level on a subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:32 msgid "When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a :guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set :guilabel:`Success %`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:36 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled, two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the :guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:-1 msgid "Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:46 msgid "Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the :guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:-1 msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Timed and randomized questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:5 msgid "When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the survey and randomize the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:9 msgid "Time limit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:11 msgid "During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed book\" testing environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:16 msgid "Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:-1 msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:23 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of the time remaining while the survey is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:27 msgid "Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit will *not* have their answers saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:31 msgid "Randomized selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:33 msgid "When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:37 msgid "To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form. In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo should select and display during the shuffling of questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:-1 msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index 7e85a81ecc..20b45366ac 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 -msgid "Google Calendar synchronization" +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize your schedule so you never miss a meeting." +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize schedules, so a meeting is never missed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 @@ -46,143 +46,179 @@ msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 -msgid "Enable Google Calendar API" +msgid "Select (or create) a project" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 -msgid "Begin by creating a new Google API project and enabling the Google Calendar API. Then, go to the `Google API Console `_ and log into your Google account." +msgid "Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, go to the `Google API Console `_ and log into the Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 -msgid "If this is your first time visiting this page, Google will prompt you to enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgid "If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 -msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select or create an API project to store credentials." +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New Project`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:33 -msgid "Give the API Project a clear name like \"Odoo Sync\" so you can easily find it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily identified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:35 -msgid "Then, open the API Project and click :guilabel:`Enable APIs and Services`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` doesn't appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:41 -msgid "After that, search for *Google Calendar API* using the search bar and select :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click :guilabel:`Enable`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click :guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:49 -msgid "Create credentials" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:51 -msgid "Now that you have created your API project and enabled the Google Calendar API, you need to create credentials. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Create Credentials`. Google will then guide you through four steps to create your API credentials." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select the :guilabel:`User Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:55 -msgid "In the first step, :guilabel:`Credential Type`, select the :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` and :guilabel:`User Data` options. Then, click :guilabel:`Next`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Select Google Calendar API and User Data for the Credential Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:62 -msgid "In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type *Odoo* in the :guilabel:`App name` field, select your email address for the :guilabel:`User support email` field, and type your email address for the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 -msgid "Skip the third step, :guilabel:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgid "In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User support email` field, and type the email address for the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:69 -msgid "In the last step, :guilabel:`OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field and type *My Odoo Database* for the :guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:75 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address followed by */google_account/authentication*. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create` and :guilabel:`Done`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 -msgid "After successfully creating a new API project, enabling the Google Calendar API, and generating the Google Calendar API credentials, you should now have a Client ID and Client Secret." +msgid "Create credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:87 -msgid "Client ID & Client Secret" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, Google will open a guide to create credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:89 -msgid "The **Client ID** and the **Client Secret** are both needed to connect Google Calendar to Odoo. Find the Client ID and the Client Secret by opening the Google Cloud Platform navigation menu and going to :menuselection:`API & Services --> Credentials --> OAuth 2.0 Client IDs`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 -msgid "Next, locate the credentials you just created for the Google Calendar API. Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit OAuth Client` (the pencil icon). The page will redirect to the edit page, where you can view the Client ID and the Client Secret." +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Click Edit OAuth Client to view the credential details." +msgid "Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:104 -msgid "Once the Client ID and the Client Secret are located, open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:112 -msgid "Next, copy and paste the Client ID and the Client Secret from the Google Calendar API Credentials page into their respective fields below the :guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the :guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 -msgid "Finally, open the Calendar module in Odoo and click on the :guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the :guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:124 -msgid "The first time you sync your Google Calendar with Odoo, the page will redirect to your Google Account. Click :guilabel:`OK` and :guilabel:`Allow` to authorize Odoo to access Google Calendar." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give permission for the transfer of data)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Successfully sync between Odoo and Google Calendar." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 @@ -1289,7 +1325,7 @@ msgid "**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 -msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation `." +msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 @@ -2333,6 +2369,134 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing ` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button :menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the :guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking :guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite. To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" @@ -3886,27 +4050,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations) or create new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon (:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings affect the layout of a sample invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" msgstr "" @@ -3914,7 +4086,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Light report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" msgstr "" @@ -3922,7 +4094,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boxed report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" msgstr "" @@ -3930,7 +4102,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" msgstr "" @@ -3938,143 +4110,143 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Striped report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on `Google Fonts `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 msgid "`Lato `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 msgid "`Roboto `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 msgid "`Open Sans `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "`Montserrat `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 msgid "`Oswald `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 msgid "`Raleway `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 msgid "`Tajawal `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 msgid "This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on the colors of the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 msgid "Layout background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External reports `. You can add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of :ref:`External reports `. You can add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External reports' ` footers. You can add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 -msgid "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports --> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports --> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" @@ -4082,7 +4254,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page number." msgstr "" @@ -4090,69 +4262,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company Name`, and page number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 msgid "There is no footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 msgid "Add tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the :guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the :guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device, add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and *Email*." msgstr "" @@ -4160,27 +4332,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the :guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid ":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." msgstr "" @@ -4188,67 +4360,67 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a Data table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 msgid ":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid ":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 7b0df4a094..01d9bc3bd8 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -56,22 +56,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 @@ -79,8 +78,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1146,1460 +1143,1775 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:10 -msgid "With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops or restaurants easily. The app runs on the browser, but is able to continue working even if you are offline." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +msgid "With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops and restaurants easily. The app works on any device with a web browser, even if you are temporarily offline. Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 +msgid "Start a session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products inside an order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 +msgid "From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session`, and at the :guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is already opened." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 +msgid "Multiple users can be connected to the same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once on the same browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 +msgid "Sell products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 +msgid "Click products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively :guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 +msgid "Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking :guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "POS session interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 +msgid "**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 +msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 +msgid "Registering your customers gives you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It is also required if they want an invoice and registering them makes any future interaction with them faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:58 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:62 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:66 +msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:71 +msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:77 +msgid "Customer notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:79 +msgid "You can add **customer notes** about specific products directly from an open :ref:`POS session `. For instance, to provide cleaning and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the pricelist feature" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:83 +msgid "To do so, select a product and click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:87 +msgid "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` are displayed identically in the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on create." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:93 +msgid "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how they appear in the cart, under the related product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:102 +msgid "Return and refund products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:104 +msgid "To return and refund a product," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:106 +msgid ":ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:107 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:108 +msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:109 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:110 +msgid "once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the refund;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:111 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "refund view from a POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:117 +msgid "You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:119 +msgid "You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by the quantity of returned products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:126 +msgid "Close the POS session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:128 +msgid "To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:132 +msgid "the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:133 +msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But how does that relate with Odoo?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:135 +msgid "Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of *Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "How to close a POS session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:144 +msgid "Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:148 +msgid "You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then, set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your happy hour and the discount." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:150 +msgid "Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list. You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:155 +msgid "It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:156 +msgid "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 +msgid "Access POS settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 +msgid "To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:3 -msgid "Customer note" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:5 -msgid "The **Customer note** feature allows you to provide customers with further information on a specific product. For instance, to provide cleaning and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer’s particular request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 +msgid "These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights ` :guilabel:`Administration` set as :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:10 -msgid "Add a customer note" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 +msgid "You can also configure some settings from the dashboard by clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a popup window, from which you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:12 -msgid "You can add notes directly from an open :ref:`POS session `. To do so, click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add content for the note." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:17 -msgid "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO <../shop/sales_order>` are displayed identically in the cart." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT box. <../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:-1 -msgid "customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:25 -msgid "Modify a customer note" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:27 -msgid "Select the product from the cart to modify an existing note and click :guilabel:`Customer Note`. Doing so reopens the previous pop-up window. Alter the text and click :guilabel:`Add`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:36 +msgid "These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights ` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:31 -msgid "Receipts and invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 +msgid "Make products available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:33 -msgid "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how they appear in the cart, meaning under the related product." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 +msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:-1 -msgid "customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +msgid "Making a product available in your POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 msgid "ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 msgid "These `Epson ePOS printers `_ are compatible with Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 msgid "TM-T70II-DT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 msgid "TM-T88V-DT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 msgid "TM-L90-i" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 msgid "TM-T20II-i" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 msgid "TM-T70-i" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 msgid "TM-T82II-i" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 msgid "TM-T83II-i" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 msgid "TM-T88V-i" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 msgid "TM-U220-i" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 msgid "TM-m10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 msgid "TM-m30" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 msgid "To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` may require :doc:`the HTTPS protocol ` to establish a secure connection between the browser and the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS leads to a warning page on most web browsers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:41 msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:41 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:43 msgid "In that case, you can temporarily force the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to [IP address] (unsafe)`. Doing so allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as long as the browser window stays open." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:48 msgid "The previous instructions apply to Google Chrome but are similar to other browsers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:51 msgid "The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the :ref:`following instructions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:60 msgid "For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. Then, export and import it into your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 msgid "**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:69 msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:73 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:75 msgid "After forcing the connection, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:79 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:86 msgid "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click :guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure **Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server Certificate` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:90 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:92 msgid "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web browser by navigating to its IP address, for example, `https://192.168.1.25`. Then, force the connection as explained in the :ref:`introduction `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:160 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:99 msgid "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and :guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:107 msgid "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct extension;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 msgid "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom of the pop-up window;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:128 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:113 msgid "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, some browsers might not see the file during the import process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:172 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:118 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:119 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> Security tab --> View certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:126 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:130 msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:132 msgid "The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:137 msgid "Windows 10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 msgid "Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do so," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 msgid "open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:143 msgid "right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install Certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 msgid "select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the :guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, click :guilabel:`Next`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:148 msgid "on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select :guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:155 msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:162 msgid "open Chrome;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> Manage certificates`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select the exported certification file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:167 msgid "accept all warnings;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 msgid "restart your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 msgid "open Firefox;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View Certificates... --> Import`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 msgid "select the exported certification file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:178 msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:183 msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:185 msgid "open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a warning page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 msgid "on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this website --> Visit Website`, validate;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:190 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 msgid "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:196 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:198 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:206 msgid "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:209 msgid "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:216 msgid "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock icon, indicating that the connection is secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "**Point of Sale** is a fully integrated application that allows you to sell products (online or offline) with any device. It also automatically registers product moves in your stock, gives you real-time statistics, and consolidations across all shops." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 +msgid "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Make products available" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 +msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:15 -msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11 +msgid "Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "Making a product available in your POS." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14 +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:24 -msgid "Configure payment methods" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18 +msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> Create`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19 +msgid "**Value**: `True`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card payments." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation pages:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:9 +msgid "There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*, by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration <../payment/adyen>`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration <../payment/vantiv>`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:18 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration <../payment/ingenico>`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:20 +msgid "To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to the cash register." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration <../payment/six>`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:27 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration <../payment/worldline>`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:30 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select a POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:32 +msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the cashier name in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "POS sessions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:38 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "Start a session" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:46 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:65 -msgid "From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session` and at the :guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is already opened." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:48 +msgid "You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Multiple users can be connected to the same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once on the same browser." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:73 -msgid "Click products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively :guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:62 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking :guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:64 +msgid "You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "POS session interface." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:73 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:75 +msgid "Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a payment method." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:81 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Return and refund products" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 +msgid "Payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "To return and refund a product," +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7 +msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid ":ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 +msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:96 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:-1 +msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:97 -msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid "Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation pages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:99 -msgid "once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the refund;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:100 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "refund view from a POS" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:107 -msgid "You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by the quantity of returned products." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "Close the POS session" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:116 -msgid "To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 +msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:120 -msgid "the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 +msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:121 -msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "How to close a POS session." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 +msgid "Adyen works only with businesses processing **more** than **10 million annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per month**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 +msgid "Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website `_. Then, board your terminal following the steps described on your terminal's screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 +msgid "`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click :guilabel:`Ok` at the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 +msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals`, and enable :guilabel:`Adyen`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new payment method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:145 -msgid "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a payment terminal` field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:149 -msgid "View statistics" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:155 -msgid "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter or group depending on your needs." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 +msgid "The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:3 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:43 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new credential or click on an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:5 -msgid "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:9 -msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 +msgid "`Adyen Docs - API credentials `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:11 -msgid "Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 +msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:14 -msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 +msgid "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is used to identify the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:18 -msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 +msgid "To find this number, go to your **Adyen account**. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:19 -msgid "**Value**: `True`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 +msgid "Set the Event URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65 +msgid "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event URLs**. To do so," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 +msgid "log in to `Adyen's website `_;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 +msgid "go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and select the connected terminal;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 +msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71 +msgid "set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as :guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72 +msgid "click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by `/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 +msgid "Add a new payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:5 -msgid "Payment Terminals" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 +msgid "To add a new **payment method** to a point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and add your new method for Adyen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:3 -msgid "Adyen" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:5 -msgid "Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:86 +msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:11 -msgid "Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website `_. Then, board your terminal following the steps described on your terminal's screen." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:15 -msgid "`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides `_." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:63 -msgid "Configure the payment method" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:95 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:21 -msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals`, and enable :guilabel:`Adyen`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new payment method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:27 -msgid "The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a payment terminal` field to appear." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:5 +msgid "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:30 -msgid "Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the Benelux." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:34 -msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:36 -msgid "The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:39 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new credential or click on an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:42 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the Odoo mandatory field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:45 -msgid "`Adyen Docs - API credentials `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:49 -msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:51 -msgid "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is used to identify the hardware." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:54 -msgid "To find this number, go to your **Adyen account**. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:59 -msgid "Set the Event URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:61 -msgid "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event URLs**. To do so," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:63 -msgid "log in to `Adyen's website `_;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:64 -msgid "go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and select the connected terminal;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:66 -msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:67 -msgid "set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as :guilabel:`Decrypted`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:68 -msgid "click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by `/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:70 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:73 -msgid "Add a new payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:75 -msgid "To add a new **payment method** to a point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and add your new method for Adyen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:86 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:82 -msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:0 -msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:91 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:5 -msgid "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3 msgid "SIX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 msgid "Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 msgid "Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and use a Six payment terminal in PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11 msgid "Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 msgid "First, make sure that the :guilabel:`POS Six` module is installed. For this, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for *POS Six*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "The POS Six module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:28 msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option :guilabel:`SIX`, and enter the payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "Create a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:39 msgid "In the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "The PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:48 msgid "When the payment is done, the status will change to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. If needed, reverse the last transaction by clicking on :guilabel:`Reverse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "The Reverse button on the PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if there are connection issues between the payment terminal and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:9 -msgid ":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. <../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. <../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:17 msgid "Activate **Stripe** in the settings by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals` and enabling :guilabel:`Stripe`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Then, create the payment method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with your payment method's name;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field as :guilabel:`Bank` and the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 msgid "Enter your payment terminal serial number in the :guilabel:`Stripe Serial Number` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this payment method.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:-1 msgid "payment method creation form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:34 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method **exclusively** for identified customers. For any unidentified customers to be able to pay with Stripe, leave the :guilabel:`Identify Customer` field unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:37 msgid "The :guilabel:`Outstanding Account` and the :guilabel:`Intermediary Account` can stay empty to use the default accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:39 msgid "Find your payment terminal serial number under the device or on `Stripe's dashboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:43 msgid "Connect Stripe to Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:45 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. Doing so redirects you automatically to a configuration page. Fill in all the information to create your Stripe account and link it with Odoo. Once the forms are completed, the API keys (:guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key`) can be retrieved on **Stripe's** website. To do so, click :guilabel:`Get your Secret and Publishable keys`, click the keys to copy them, and paste them into the corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:-1 msgid "stripe connection form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:57 msgid "When you use **Stripe** exclusively in Point of Sale, you only need the **Secret Key** to use your terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:59 msgid "When you use Stripe as **payment provider**, the :guilabel:`State` can stay set as :guilabel:`Disabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:61 msgid "For databases hosted **On-Premise**, the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button does not work. To retrieve the API keys manually, log in to your `Stripe dashboard `_, type `API` in the search bar, and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 msgid "Configure the payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:69 msgid "Swipe right on your payment terminal, click :guilabel:`Settings`, enter the admin PIN code, validate and select your network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:74 msgid "Your Odoo database and payment terminal must share the same network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:75 msgid "You must enter the admin PIN code to access your payment terminal settings. By default, this code is `07139`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:79 msgid "Link the payment method to a POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:81 msgid "To add a **payment method** to your point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Stripe` as the payment method. Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:97 msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:101 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:106 msgid "If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add it manually:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 msgid "Log into your `Stripe's dashboard `_ and go to :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 msgid "Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an already created location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill in the required information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 msgid "You must provide a **registration code**. To retrieve that code, swipe right on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07319`), validate, and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Vantiv" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5 msgid "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9 msgid "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:18 msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:24 msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:32 msgid "To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then save the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:42 msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 msgid "Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 msgid "Configure the protocol" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 msgid "From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 msgid "Set the IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 msgid "From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK` (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:38 -msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 +msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 +msgid "To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 +msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 +msgid "Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 +msgid "Port number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 +msgid "On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 +msgid "From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 +msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 +msgid "To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose \"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 +msgid "Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 +msgid "To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 +msgid "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 +msgid "When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to *Payment Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 +msgid "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID appear on the payment record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 +msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on *Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*, then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` rounding strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the pricelist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business of your customers and providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:8 +msgid "The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:18 +msgid "To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales in the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 +msgid "According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also :ref:`create new fiscal positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the **customer taxes** field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 +msgid "Use fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 +msgid "Open a :ref:`POS session ` to use one of the allowed fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen fiscal position's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 +msgid "If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:80 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of *Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then, set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list. You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Receipts and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 +msgid "Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 +msgid "To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header & Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 +msgid "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "POS receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 +msgid "From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 +msgid "You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:39 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:41 +msgid "In Point of Sale, you can issue and print invoices upon payment at the cash register or retrieve all the past invoiced orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:45 +msgid "Set a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:47 +msgid "First, you need to open a session and set your customer. Open the **POS interface** by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> New session --> Open session`. Then, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the list of **customers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "customer selection and creation button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 +msgid "From there, you can either set an existing customer by clicking their name or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so opens a customer creation form to fill in with their information. Click :guilabel:`Save` to validate and set this new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:59 +msgid "You can also **edit** a customer's information by clicking :guilabel:`Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60 +msgid "If you did not set your customer during the order, you can do so at the payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:41 -msgid "Hostname" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:64 +msgid "Invoice a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:44 -msgid "To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:66 +msgid "Once an order is done, click :guilabel:`Payment` to move to the **payment screen**. Click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to enable issuing and printing invoices upon payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:45 -msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "button to generate an invoice in POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 -msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:73 +msgid "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 -msgid "On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:77 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:53 -msgid "Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's database." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:79 +msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:56 -msgid "Port number" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81 +msgid "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:58 -msgid "On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:83 +msgid "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:65 -msgid "From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment terminal." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:71 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:90 +msgid "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in the :guilabel:`Status` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:78 -msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:92 +msgid "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:79 -msgid "To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose \"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:96 +msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:81 -msgid "Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier terminal." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:98 +msgid "Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to :guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:82 -msgid "To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "order status change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:83 -msgid "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:107 +msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on ticket`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:88 -msgid "When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to *Payment Successful*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:91 -msgid "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID appear on the payment record." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 +msgid "View statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:98 -msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 +msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:101 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 +msgid "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter or group depending on your needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 @@ -2635,7 +2947,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`collect tips `; and" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." +msgid ":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 @@ -2698,55 +3010,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business of your customers and providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:8 -msgid "The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:18 -msgid "To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales in the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:28 -msgid "According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also :ref:`create new fiscal positions `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the **customer taxes** field on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:37 -msgid "Use fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:39 -msgid "Open a :ref:`POS session ` to use one of the allowed fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen fiscal position's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:48 -msgid "If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the fiscal position." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3 msgid "Floors and tables management" msgstr "" @@ -2901,7 +3164,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/epos_ssc`" +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:47 @@ -2933,7 +3196,7 @@ msgid "Tips" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "Tipping is customary in multiple countries. Point of Sale allows tipping in :doc:`shops <../overview/getting_started>`, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants <../restaurant>`." +msgid "Tipping is customary in multiple countries. Point of Sale allows tipping in :ref:`shops `, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants <../restaurant>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 @@ -2944,69 +3207,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "enable tips in a POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 msgid "Tip products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 msgid "**Tip products** can be created on the spot. To do so, enter a product's name in the :ref:`Tip Product ` field and click :guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 msgid "However, if you wish to be able to select the tip product in a POS session, you must activate the **Available in POS** setting. To do so, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open the product configuration form. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 msgid "When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as :guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 msgid "You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different one for each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -msgid "If you use an :doc:`Adyen <../payment/adyen>` payment terminal and wish to enable **tips** using the terminal, check :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip settings `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 +msgid "If you use an :doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` payment terminal and wish to enable **tips** using the terminal, check :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 msgid "Tip after payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 msgid "If you use a POS system in a bar or a restaurant, you can enable :guilabel:`Add tip after payment (North America specific)`. Doing so generates a bill to print and complete manually by the customer and the waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 msgid "To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal attributed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 msgid "Add tips" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:62 -msgid "To add tips to an order, :doc:`access the payment screen <../overview/getting_started>` and click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:61 +msgid "To add tips to an order, :ref:`access the payment screen ` and click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:-1 msgid "tip popup window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 msgid "Alternatively, you can select the :ref:`tip product ` on the POS interface to add it to the cart. When selected, the product is automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales Price**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 msgid "During checkout, select **Adyen** as the payment terminal, and send the payment request to the device by clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The customers are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen before proceeding to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 msgid "At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." msgstr "" @@ -3014,7 +3277,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 msgid "On the following screen, click the percentage (:guilabel:`15%`, :guilabel:`20%`, :guilabel:`25%`), :guilabel:`No Tip`, or enter the tipping amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to the following order." msgstr "" @@ -3023,7 +3286,7 @@ msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 -msgid "Shop Features" +msgid "Shop features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 @@ -3090,268 +3353,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 -msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61 -msgid "Log employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63 -msgid "You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, :ref:`restrict access ` to the POS and :ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in ` your POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 -msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 -msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 -msgid "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 -msgid "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on *Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 -msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*, then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` rounding strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice issuance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "In Point of Sale, you can issue and print invoices upon payment at the cash register or retrieve all the past invoiced orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Set a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "First, you need to open a session and set your customer. Open the **POS interface** by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> New session --> Open session`. Then, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the list of **customers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "customer selection and creation button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 -msgid "From there, you can either set an existing customer by clicking their name or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so opens a customer creation form to fill in with their information. Click :guilabel:`Save` to validate and set this new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:24 -msgid "You can also **edit** a customer's information by clicking :guilabel:`Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "If you did not set your customer during the order, you can do so at the payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "Invoice a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -msgid "Once an order is done, click :guilabel:`Payment` to move to the **payment screen**. Click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to enable issuing and printing invoices upon payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "button to generate an invoice in POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:39 -msgid "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/getting_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 -msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:50 -msgid "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:60 -msgid "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in the :guilabel:`Status` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:62 -msgid "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:66 -msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:68 -msgid "Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to :guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "order status change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:78 -msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on ticket`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*, by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20 -msgid "To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32 -msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48 -msgid "You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64 -msgid "You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:8 -msgid "Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:11 -msgid "To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header & Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:14 -msgid "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:-1 -msgid "pos receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`../restaurant/bill_printing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:25 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:27 -msgid "From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:-1 -msgid "print receipt button from the backend" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 +msgid "Log employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:36 -msgid "You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60 +msgid "You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, :ref:`restrict access ` to the POS and :ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in ` your POS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 -msgid "Sales orders in PoS" +msgid "Sales orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5 @@ -4459,7 +4470,6 @@ msgid "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a d msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" @@ -4531,236 +4541,498 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 -msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 +msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo, customers can use **eWallets** and **gift cards** for online and in-store shopping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:7 +msgid "To enable eWallets and gift cards for eCommerce and Point of Sale (PoS), first enable :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` under :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing section`. Once enabled, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` and :guilabel:`Create` a new eWallet or gift card program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 +msgid "eWallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:15 +msgid "eWallets allow customers to save credits on their online account and use these credits as a payment method when buying items in an online store or a brick-and-mortar store. eWallets can also be used to centralize multiple :ref:`gift cards `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:19 +msgid "Before creating an eWallet program, it is necessary to create an eWallet **top-up** product. Top-ups are pre-defined digital credit values added to an eWallet in exchange for its equivalent in real currency. These credits can then be used as a payment method in the eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. Top-up values can be of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:25 +msgid "A $50 top-up can be bought for $50, and adds that same amount of credits to the eWallet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:27 +msgid "To create a top-up product, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the top-up product (for example, `$50 Top-Up`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 +msgid "In order to have eWallet top-ups of different amounts, create multiple top-up products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:41 +msgid "Once the top-up is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email template`: select the email template used for the email sent to the customer. To create a new template, click on the field, select :guilabel:`Search More`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company for which the program is valid and available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Available On`: select the applications on which the program is valid and available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: select the website on which the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: select the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` in which the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +msgid "eWallet program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:63 +msgid "Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate eWallet` button in the upper-left corner to generate eWallets. eWallets can be generated based on :guilabel:`Customers` and/or :guilabel:`Customer Tags`. The quantity is automatically adapted according to the :guilabel:`Customers` and :guilabel:`Customer Tags` selected. Then, set the :guilabel:`eWallet value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:69 +msgid "Generated eWallets can be accessed through the :guilabel:`eWallets` smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:76 +msgid "Click on an eWallet to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, :guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of an eWallet *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:82 +msgid "Gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:84 +msgid "Gift cards can be purchased by customers, and in turn used as a payment method upon checkout at an eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:87 +msgid "Before creating a new gift card program, it is necessary to first create gift cards as products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a product. On the product template, configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 +msgid "In order to have gift cards of different amounts, create multiple gift card products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:102 +msgid "Once the gift card product is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card program. The following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gift Card Products`: select the gift card product created earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email template`: select the default :guilabel:`Gift Card: Gift Card Information` template, or create a new template by clicking on the field, selecting :guilabel:`Search More`, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +msgid "Gift card program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:126 +msgid "Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate Gift Cards` button in the upper-left corner to generate gift cards. Gift cards can be generated either for :guilabel:`Anonymous Customers` or :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity to generate` for :guilabel:`Anonymous Customers`, or select the :guilabel:`Customers` and/or :guilabel:`Customer Tags` for :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Then, set the :guilabel:`Gift Card value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:133 +msgid "Generated gift cards can be accessed through the :guilabel:`Gift Cards` smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 +msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:141 +msgid "Click on a gift card to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, :guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of a gift card *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:5 +msgid "The Odoo *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Point of Sale* applications allow users to create discount and loyalty programs that customers can use for online and in-store shopping. These programs offer more varied, public, and time-sensitive pricing options than :doc:`pricelists `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Configure the settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:13 +msgid "To begin using discount and loyalty programs, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Pricing` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` setting by checking the box next to the feature. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:19 +msgid "Configure discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:21 +msgid "To create discount and loyalty programs, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:24 +msgid "If no discount or loyalty programs have been created yet, Odoo provides a choice of templates to help create the first program. Choose one of the template cards, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new program from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:28 +msgid "Or, if there are already existing programs, select an existing program to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:35 +msgid "Templates only appear when no programs have been created, and they disappear once the first program is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 -msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:38 +msgid "Creating or editing a program opens the program form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 -msgid "Invoice purchases" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:40 +msgid "The program form contains the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 -msgid "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for it." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: Enter the name of the program. The program name is *not* visible to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 -msgid "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Purchase Analytics*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: Select the desired :ref:`program type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 -msgid "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic account." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: Select the currency used for the program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 -msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Points Unit`: Enter the name of the points used for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` program (e.g. `Loyalty Points`). The points unit name *is* visible to the customer. This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 -msgid "Products & Prices" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Validity`: Select the date until which the program is valid. Leave this field blank for no end date, meaning the program is always valid and does not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 -msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Limit Usage`: Check this box and enter a number to limit the number of times the program can be used during the :guilabel:`Validity` period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo, customers can use **eWallets** and **gift cards** for online and in-store shopping." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: In the case of multiple companies, choose the company for which the program is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:7 -msgid "To enable eWallets and gift cards for eCommerce and Point of Sale (PoS), first enable :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` under :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing section`. Once enabled, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` and :guilabel:`Create` a new eWallet or gift card program." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Available On`: Select the app(s) on which the program is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 -msgid "eWallets" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website(s) on which the program is available. Leave this field blank to make it available on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:15 -msgid "eWallets allow customers to save credits on their online account and use these credits as a payment method when buying items in an online store or a brick-and-mortar store. eWallets can also be used to centralize multiple :ref:`gift cards `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: Select the point(s) of sale at which the program is available. Leave this field blank to make it available at all :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:19 -msgid "Before creating an eWallet program, it is necessary to create an eWallet **top-up** product. Top-ups are pre-defined digital credit values added to an eWallet in exchange for its equivalent in real currency. These credits can then be used as a payment method in the eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. Top-up values can be of different amounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:25 -msgid "A $50 top-up can be bought for $50, and adds that same amount of credits to the eWallet." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:67 +msgid "The options available on the program form vary depending on the :ref:`Program Type ` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:27 -msgid "To create a top-up product, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, configure the options as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:70 +msgid "All of the existing cards, codes, coupons, etc. that have been generated for the program are accessible through the smart button located in the upper-right corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the top-up product (for example, `$50 Top-Up`)" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +msgid "Program items smart button on the loyalty program form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 -msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: enabled" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:80 +msgid "Program types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:82 +msgid "The different :guilabel:`Program Types` available on the program form are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant immediate access to rewards." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 -msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Next Order Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates points to exchange for rewards on future orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 -msgid "In order to have eWallet top-ups of different amounts, create multiple top-up products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 +msgid ":guilabel:`Promotions`: Set conditional rules for ordering products, which, when fulfilled, grant access to rewards for the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:41 -msgid "Once the top-up is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The following configuration options are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Set codes which, when entered upon checkout, grant discounts to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Buy X Get Y`: For every X item bought, the customer is granted 1 credit. After accumulating a specified amount of credits, the customer can trade them in to receive Y item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 -msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:98 +msgid "Conditional rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 -msgid ":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:100 +msgid "Next, configure the :guilabel:`Conditional rules` that determine when the program applies to a customer's order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email template`: select the email template used for the email sent to the customer. To create a new template, click on the field, select :guilabel:`Search More`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:103 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab, click :guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 -msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +msgid "Rules & Rewards tab of the loyalty program form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company for which the program is valid and available" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:112 +msgid "The options for :guilabel:`Conditional rules` vary depending on the selected :ref:`Program Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 -msgid ":guilabel:`Available On`: select the applications on which the program is valid and available" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:115 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring conditional rules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 -msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: select the website on which the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all websites." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Enter a custom code to be used for the :guilabel:`Discount Code` program, or use the default one generated by Odoo. This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Discount Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:119 -msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: select the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` in which the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Quantity`: Enter the minimum number of products that must be purchased in order to access the reward. Set the minimum quantity to at least `1` to ensure that the customer must make a purchase in order to access the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 -msgid "eWallet program configuration page" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Purchase`: Enter the minimum amount (in currency), with :guilabel:`tax Included` or :guilabel:`tax Excluded`, that must be spent in order to access the reward. If both a minimum quantity *and* minimum purchase amount are entered, then the customer's order must meet both conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:63 -msgid "Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate eWallet` button in the upper-left corner to generate eWallets. eWallets can be generated based on :guilabel:`Customers` and/or :guilabel:`Customer Tags`. The quantity is automatically adapted according to the :guilabel:`Customers` and :guilabel:`Customer Tags` selected. Then, set the :guilabel:`eWallet value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: Select the specific product(s) for which the program applies. Leave this field blank to apply it to all products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:69 -msgid "Generated eWallets can be accessed through the :guilabel:`eWallets` smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`Categories`: Select the category of products for which the program applies. Choose :guilabel:`All` to apply it to all product categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 -msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with that specific tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:76 -msgid "Click on an eWallet to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, :guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of an eWallet *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Grant`: Enter the number of points the customer earns :guilabel:`per order`, :guilabel:`per currency spent`, or :guilabel:`per unit paid` (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` programs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:82 -msgid "Gift cards" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +msgid "Conditional rules configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:84 -msgid "Gift cards can be purchased by customers, and in turn used as a payment method upon checkout at an eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:140 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule and close the pop-up window, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the rule and immediately create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:87 -msgid "Before creating a new gift card program, it is necessary to first create gift cards as products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a product. On the product template, configure the options as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:144 +msgid "Rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:146 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab of the program form, click :guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Rewards` to add *rewards* to the program. This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 -msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 +msgid "The options for :guilabel:`Rewards` vary depending on the selected :ref:`Program Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 -msgid "In order to have gift cards of different amounts, create multiple gift card products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:154 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring rewards:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:102 -msgid "Once the gift card product is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card program. The following configuration options are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:156 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reward Type`: Select the reward type among :guilabel:`Free Product`, :guilabel:`Discount`, and :guilabel:`Free Shipping`. The other options for reward configuration depend on the :guilabel:`Reward Type` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:106 -msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Product`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 -msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity Rewarded`: Select the number of free products rewarded to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 -msgid ":guilabel:`Gift Card Products`: select the gift card product created earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different amounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:163 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one product can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email template`: select the default :guilabel:`Gift Card: Gift Card Information` template, or create a new template by clicking on the field, selecting :guilabel:`Search More`, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product eligible for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 -msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 -msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: Enter the discounted amount in either :guilabel:`percentage`, :guilabel:`currency per point`, or :guilabel:`currency per order`. Then, select whether the discount applies to the entire :guilabel:`Order`, only the :guilabel:`Cheapest Product` on the order, or only :guilabel:`Specific Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 -msgid "Gift card program configuration page" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Max Discount`: Enter the maximum amount (in currency) that this reward may grant as a discount. Leave this field at `0` for no limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:126 -msgid "Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate Gift Cards` button in the upper-left corner to generate gift cards. Gift cards can be generated either for :guilabel:`Anonymous Customers` or :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity to generate` for :guilabel:`Anonymous Customers`, or select the :guilabel:`Customers` and/or :guilabel:`Customer Tags` for :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Then, set the :guilabel:`Gift Card value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:133 -msgid "Generated gift cards can be accessed through the :guilabel:`Gift Cards` smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`In exchange of`: Enter the number of points required to exchange for the reward (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` programs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:-1 -msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which is displayed to the customer upon checkout." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:141 -msgid "Click on a gift card to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, :guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of a gift card *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:-1 +msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 @@ -5497,10 +5769,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, :guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" @@ -5558,67 +5826,67 @@ msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same delivery location as the invoicing location." +msgid "People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Customer Addresses** feature." +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to enable different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 +msgid "Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the *Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the :guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 +msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 -msgid "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 +msgid "Configure the contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to add addresses from a quotation on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 +msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 -msgid "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 -msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 +msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a quotation." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 +msgid "Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. :guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to add addresses from a contact form on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 -msgid "Deal with different addresses" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 -msgid "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 +msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to manage different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 +msgid "When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the addresses specified on the customer's contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 -msgid "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for billing and shipping addresses." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 +msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "Automatic quotation fields filling on Odoo Sales" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal link` buttons next to each address line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 -msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in terms of invoice and delivery features." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 +msgid "These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -6077,90 +6345,94 @@ msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:7 -msgid "**Odoo Subscriptions** is used to run recurring businesses: :ref:`sell new contracts `, :doc:`upsell customers `, keep the churn under control, and :doc:`generate reports ` on the main KPIs: MRR, ARR, retention, churn, upselling, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:13 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/products`" +msgid "Odoo *Subscriptions* is used to run recurring businesses: :ref:`sell new contracts `, :doc:`upsell customers `, keep the churn under control, and :doc:`generate reports ` on the main :abbr:`KPIs (Key Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR (Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, :abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, retention, churn, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/plans`" +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/upselling`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/renewals`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:18 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/closing`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:20 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/reports`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:25 -msgid "Subscription quotations" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." +msgid "Subscription quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:30 -msgid "To create a new subscription, click on :guilabel:`New` from the Subscription or the :doc:`Sales ` app. You can either:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:31 +msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:33 -msgid "Select a :doc:`subscription plan ` to prefill the quotation instantly, or" +msgid "To create a new subscription, click on :guilabel:`New` from the *Subscription* or the :doc:`Sales ` app. You can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:34 -msgid "Fill out the quotation normally, making sure to select a recurrence and an end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "Select a :doc:`subscription plan ` to prefill the quotation instantly, or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the :doc:`Customer Addresses ` feature." +msgid "Fill out the quotation normally, making sure to select a recurrence and an end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 +msgid "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the :doc:`Customer Addresses ` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 msgid "Confirmation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 msgid "Send the quotation to the customer for confirmation by clicking on :guilabel:`Send by email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:54 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Customer Preview` to preview the customer portal where the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 msgid "Automatic payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 msgid "You can require the customer to set an automatic payment method and pre-pay the subscription's first occurrence before they can confirm their quotation. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 msgid "If you leave :guilabel:`Payment` unchecked, the customer doesn't have to pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 msgid "If the online confirmation requires a pre-payment, your customer can select only the :ref:`payment providers ` that have the :ref:`tokenization feature `. This ensures that the customer is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" @@ -6348,124 +6620,313 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../subscriptions>` to understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscriptions in the eCommerce shop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like regular sales products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 +msgid "However, by default, the eCommerce product page only displays the shortest recurrence period listed in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form. For example, if a subscription product has *monthly* and *yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears on the eCommerce page for that product by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 +msgid "To add more recurrence periods to the eCommerce product page, create a *product variant* for each recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`Configure subscription products `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:20 +msgid "Create recurrence periods as product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:22 +msgid "To set up each recurrence period as a product variant, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products` and select a product. In the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:26 +msgid "Create an :guilabel:`Attribute` called `Billing Period` (or something similar) by typing in the name and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. This attribute name appears as the option heading on the product page of the eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:30 +msgid "Next, create :guilabel:`Values` that correspond to the recurrence periods that are configured in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form. Type in the name of the recurrence period, then click :guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the product page of the eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:-1 +msgid "Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`☁️ (cloud)` icon at the top of the page to save manually. After saving, a :guilabel:`Product Variants` column appears on the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their corresponding recurrence periods and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:-1 +msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:48 +msgid "The product variants are now available for selection on the eCommerce product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:-1 +msgid "Recurrence periods configured as product variants on the eCommerce product page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:3 msgid "Subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 -msgid "Subscription plans are :doc:`quotation templates <../sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` specific to **subscriptions** used to preconfigure selectable **plans** and **recurrence periods** to configure quotations quickly." +msgid "*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates ` used to preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 -msgid "To create a new subscription plan or edit an existing one, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`, and click :guilabel:`New` or select an existing plan." +msgid "To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:-1 -msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration" +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:18 -msgid "When creating a subscription plan, several options are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:20 -msgid "The **name** of the plan;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:21 -msgid ":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: after how many days the quotation expires;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to :guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only confirm the quotation in the backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 -msgid ":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: if the customer's :guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` confirms the order. Enable both to leave the choice to the customer;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template ` for the confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: the **mail template** used for the order confirmation mail;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 +msgid "To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click :guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 -msgid ":guilabel:`Recurrence`: the recurrence of **recurring products** used with this template." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 +msgid "To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:27 -msgid "Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` enables the following additional options:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:29 -msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: whether **recurring products** used with this template have no **end date**, or if they have a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration. Selecting :guilabel:`Fixed` enables an additional option to select the **duration**;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 -msgid ":guilabel:`Self Closable`: if enabled, the **customer** can terminate their subscription from their **customer portal**;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date (:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:34 -msgid ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: the number of days after which **unpaid** subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed;" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: if set, subscriptions with this template are invoiced in the set journal. If none, the sales journal with the lowest sequence is used." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will automatically end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:40 -msgid "On each template, you can add specific :doc:`Terms & Conditions <../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions>`. If **terms and conditions** are specified on a template, these will be used instead of the default **terms and conditions** set in the **Sales** app settings (if any are set)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid* subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:-1 +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions `, add them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:-1 -msgid "Terms and conditions of subscription plan" +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the *Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app or the *Sales* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 -msgid "Recurring products" +msgid "Subscription products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:5 -msgid "When creating a subscription, at least one product on the order lines must be configured as :ref:`recurring `." +msgid "By integrating closely with the Odoo *Sales* app, the *Subscriptions* app enables users to sell subscription products alongside regular sales products. While regular products are sold on a one-time basis, subscription products are sold on a renewing basis, generating recurring revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, subscription products are also called *recurring* products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:12 +msgid "Configure recurrence periods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:8 -msgid "If a single product is sold using more than one recurrence period, configure the product's :ref:`time-based pricing ` to automatically adapt the unit price on the subscription based on the recurrence set." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:14 +msgid "To get started with subscriptions, first make sure that the *recurrence periods* are configured as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:17 -msgid "To create a recurring product, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. Choose a :guilabel:`Product Name` and leave :guilabel:`Recurring` and :guilabel:`Can be Sold` enabled." +msgid "Recurrence periods are the time periods in which subscriptions renew. They designate how often the customer pays for (and receives) subscription products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:24 -msgid "Time-based pricing" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:20 +msgid "To configure recurrence periods, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:23 +msgid "The *Subscriptions* app comes with some basic recurrence periods already configured: Daily, Monthly, Quarterly, Weekly, Yearly, 3 Years, and 5 Years. These can be edited as needed, and any number of new recurrence periods can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:26 -msgid "To set a recurring product's time-based pricing, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products`, select a product, and open the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a price`, select a :guilabel:`Period`, and set a :guilabel:`Price`. Add as many prices as needed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:27 +msgid "To create a new recurrence period, click :guilabel:`New` on the recurrence periods dashboard. Then, type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Duration` of the recurrence period, and select the :guilabel:`Unit` that defines the duration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:32 -msgid ":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods cannot be used on recurring products." +msgid "To create a recurrence period for a subscription that will renew every two weeks, set the :guilabel:`Duration` to `2` and the :guilabel:`Unit` to `Weeks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:37 -msgid "Pricelists" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:0 +msgid "A recurrence period of 2 weeks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` can be used with recurring products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Pricelists`, click :guilabel:`New`, name the pricelist, and open the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select a :guilabel:`Period`, and set a :guilabel:`Price`. Add as many lines as needed. Once done, the product's :ref:`time-based pricing ` tab is automatically updated." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:42 +msgid "To create a new subscription product, navigate to the :menuselection:`Subscriptions` app. Then go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new product. Enter a :guilabel:`Product Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:49 -msgid "eCommerce" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:46 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Type` for the new product is automatically set to :guilabel:`Service`. Subscription products can be set to other types as well; however, they currently *cannot* be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:51 -msgid "When a recurring product uses :ref:`time-based pricing `, only the shortest period is used on the eCommerce product page by default." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:50 +msgid "The new product automatically has the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox activated. This enables Odoo to recognize it as a subscription product. Be sure to leave the :guilabel:`Recurring` and :guilabel:`Can be Sold` options enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:54 -msgid "To let the customer select the period, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products`, select a product, and open the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab. Name the :guilabel:`Attribute`, create :guilabel:`Values` for the different periods that should be available, and save manually. Open the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab and select the correct :guilabel:`Product Variants` for each :guilabel:`Period`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:-1 +msgid "The \"Recurring\" checkbox on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:59 +msgid "Time-based pricing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" +msgid "Next, configure the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:63 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a price` to begin defining recurring prices. In the :guilabel:`Period` column, select a recurrence period. In the :guilabel:`Price` column, enter the price for that recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods cannot be used on recurring products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:70 +msgid "Add as many lines as needed to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:73 +msgid "An existing product can be made into a subscription product simply by marking it as :guilabel:`Recurring` and configuring :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:76 +msgid "A subscription product can still be sold as a regular product by adding it to a quotation and *not* selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:82 +msgid "Use :doc:`pricelists ` with subscription products to give special pricing to customers included in pricelists. This can be configured either in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form, or on the pricelist form in the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:87 +msgid "To create recurring price rules for specific pricelists in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form, select a pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:-1 +msgid "Pricelists in the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:94 +msgid "When pricelists are added to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab, the pricelist form in the *Sales* app is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:97 +msgid "Time-based pricing rules can also be configured directly on the pricelist form. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Pricelists` and select a pricelist (or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist). In the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:101 +msgid "Then, select a subscription product in the :guilabel:`Products` column, and select a recurrence period in the :guilabel:`Period` column. Enter a :guilabel:`Price` for that particular product and period. Add as many lines as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:105 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Time-based rules` are added to the pricelist form, the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form is automatically updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index fee0d8dee5..b4a752bb8e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,151 +20,158 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "User default warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "Setting up a **default warehouse** can be useful for field technicians who keep a supply in their van or those who always resupply from the same warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "Setting up a **default warehouse** can be useful for field technicians who keep a supply in their van or those who always resupply from the same warehouse. It also allows field workers to switch between warehouses from their profiles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:8 -msgid "Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always pulled from the same warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate with the default warehouse feature." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:9 +msgid "Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always pulled from the default warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid "To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>` and :ref:`multi-step routes ` features need to be activated. It is also necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:18 +msgid "To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>` feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:23 +msgid "You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile `, or :ref:`for all users `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "For your profile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "User account" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:34 +msgid "To set up a default warehouse for yourself, click your **profile icon** in the upper right corner of the screen, then, go to :menuselection:`My Profile --> Preferences --> Default Warehouse`. Select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, open a user, then go to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "For all users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:43 +msgid "To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, select a user, then go to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:-1 msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "Default warehouse in field service tasks" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Use in field service tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "Once a default warehouse has been configured for a user, the materials used for a sales order linked to a Field Service task are pulled from that specific warehouse. In the sales order, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse is applied correctly." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Once a default warehouse has been configured for a user, the materials used for a sales order related to a Field Service task are pulled from that specific warehouse. Open the related sales order, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse is applied correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 -msgid "Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:58 +msgid "Once the Field Service task is marked as done, the stock of the default warehouse is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:3 +msgid "Onsite interventions planning" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:5 -msgid "The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:6 +msgid "From a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:8 +msgid "Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have to approve before the work even starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and create or edit a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:-1 -msgid "Onsite interventions setting in Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:13 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select :guilabel:`Service` as :guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:18 -msgid "The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button. Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:15 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, select :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` as :guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:-1 -msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk ticket in Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:17 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` as :guilabel:`Service Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:18 +msgid "Select your :guilabel:`Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:19 +msgid "If you use them, select your :guilabel:`Worksheet Template`, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:5 -msgid "Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have to approve before the work even starts." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 +msgid "Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Configure a product" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:25 +msgid "From the :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and create or edit a product." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 +msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:34 +msgid "From helpdesk tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:14 -msgid "Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing Policy*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:36 +msgid "The integration with the :doc:`Helpdesk <../helpdesk>` app lets your helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Select your *Project*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:42 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a team and enable :guilabel:`Onsite Interventions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 +msgid "Onsite interventions settings in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:-1 -msgid "Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field Service" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:49 +msgid "The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the :guilabel:`Plan Intervention` button. Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:23 -msgid "From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 +msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:-1 -msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 @@ -176,65 +183,273 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" +msgid "After-Sales services" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgid "*After-Sales* services can be configured in the *Helpdesk* application for individual *teams*. Once enabled, users can issue refunds, process returns, generate coupons, and/or schedule repair and field service interventions directly from a ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:10 +msgid "Set up the after-sales services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:12 +msgid "Start by enabling the after-sales services on specific *Helpdesk* team(s), by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and selecting which teams(s) these services should be active on. Then, scroll to the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section on the team's settings page, and choose which of the following options to enable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refunds`: issues credit notes to refund a customer, or adjust the remaining amount due" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Coupons`: offers discounts and free products through an existing coupon program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Returns`: initiates a product return from a customer through a reverse transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgid ":guilabel:`Repairs`: creates repair orders for broken or faulty products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field Service`: plans onsite intervention through the *Field Service* application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:26 +msgid "The services that are enabled can vary based on the type of support a team provides." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "As all of the after-sales services in Odoo require integration with other applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of additional modules or applications. *Installing a new application on a One-App-Free database will trigger a 15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to the database, it will no longer be accessible.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:35 +msgid "Issue a refund with a credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:37 +msgid "A *credit note* is a document issued to a customer informing them that they have been credited a certain amount of money. They can be used to provide a full refund to a customer, or to adjust any remaining amount due. While they are usually created through the *Accounting* or *Invoicing* applications, they can be created through a *Helpdesk* ticket, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:43 +msgid "Invoices must be posted before a credit note can be generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:45 +msgid "To create a credit note, navigate to a ticket on the :menuselection:`Helpdesk` application, and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button in the upper-left corner of the ticket dashboard. Then, select the corresponding invoice from the :guilabel:`Invoices to Refund` drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or *Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on *Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a refund creation page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:53 +msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Credit Method` from one of the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: the credit note is created in draft and can be edited before being issued" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgid ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: the credit note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. *This is the option to choose if a validated invoice needs to be canceled*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* application." +msgid ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: the credit note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original invoice is duplicated as a new draft. *This is the option to choose if a validated invoice needs to be modified*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:64 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Credit Method` options will **not** be available for invoices that have already been paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "Make any necessary changes to the details of the credit note and click :guilabel:`Reverse.` Then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to post the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:70 +msgid "Once the credit note has been posted, a :guilabel:`Credit Notes` smart button will be added to the *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the credit note button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:81 +msgid "Generate coupons from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:83 +msgid "Coupons can be used to alter the price of products or orders. The usage constraints of a coupon are defined by conditional rules. *Coupon Programs* are configured in the *Sales* or *Website* applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:88 +msgid "The *eCommerce* module must be installed in order to create coupon codes from the *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:90 +msgid "To generate a coupon, open a *Helpdesk* ticket and click on the :guilabel:`Coupon` button in the upper left corner. Select an option from the :guilabel:`Coupon Program` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a coupon generation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:98 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Coupon Code` can be copied directly from the pop-up window (by clicking the :guilabel:`Copy` button), or sent in an email by clicking :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:102 +msgid "When emailing a coupon code, all the followers of the ticket will be added as recipients to the email. Additional recipients can be added to the email as well, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field of the :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:0 +msgid "View of an email draft window with coupon code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:110 +msgid "Once a :guilabel:`Coupon Code` has been generated, a :guilabel:`Coupons` smart button will be added to the top of the ticket; click the smart button to view the coupon code, expiration date, and additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the coupon button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:119 msgid "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:122 +msgid "Facilitate a product return with a reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:124 +msgid "Returns are completed through *reverse transfers*, which generate new warehouse operations for the returning products. Click the :guilabel:`Return` button in the top-left corner of a ticket to open the :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a Helpdesk ticket with the return button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Return` button only appears on a ticket if the customer has a recorded delivery in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:136 +msgid "By default, the quantity will match the validated quantity from the delivery order. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a reverse transfer creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:143 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). A :guilabel:`Return` smart button will then be added to the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the return smart button on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:155 +msgid "Send products for repair from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:157 +msgid "If the ticket is related to an issue with a faulty or broken product, a repair order can be created from the *Helpdesk* ticket, and managed through the *Repairs* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:160 +msgid "To create a new repair order, open a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket and click on the :guilabel:`Repair` button in the upper left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:163 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Repair` button opens a blank :guilabel:`Repair Reference` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a repair reference page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:170 +msgid "If a product was specified in the :guilabel:`Product` field on the ticket, it will be added to the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field automatically. If not, click into the field to select a product from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:174 +msgid "Fill out the :guilabel:`Repair Description` field with a brief explanation of the issue. Click the :guilabel:`Sale Order` field and then select the originating :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` from which the product is being repaired from. If a return has been initiated for the product, select the reference number from the drop-down in the :guilabel:`Return` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:179 +msgid "Choose an :guilabel:`Invoice Method` from the drop-down. Select :guilabel:`Before Repair` or :guilabel:`After Repair` to generate an invoice before or after the work is completed. Selecting :guilabel:`No Invoice` means that an invoice cannot be generated for this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:183 +msgid "If parts are required for the repair, they can be added in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. Services can be added as product lines on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Additional information for the internal repair team can be added to the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab. Information for the customer can be added to the :guilabel:`Quotation Notes` tab, and will be automatically added to the PDF of the quotations generated from this :guilabel:`Repair Reference`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:189 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Repairs` smart button will be added to the ticket, linking to the repair order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons focusing on repair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:196 +msgid "Once a user creates a repair order from a *Helpdesk* ticket, they will be able to access it through the ticket's :guilabel:`Repair` smart button, or from a link in the :guilabel:`Chatter`, even if they do not have access rights to the *Repair* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:201 +msgid "Create a field service task from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:203 +msgid "On-site interventions can be planned from a ticket and managed through the *Field Service* application. Customers with :doc:`portal access ` will be able to track the progress of a :guilabel:`Field Service` task just as they would a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:207 +msgid "To create a new task, navigate to a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket. Click :guilabel:`Create Task` to open the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` pop-up. Confirm or update the task :guilabel:`Title`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:212 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Project` field on the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` pop-up will default to the same *Field Service* project that was identified on the team's settings page. To change the project for this specific task, select one from the :guilabel:`Project` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:216 +msgid "To change the default *Field Service* project for the team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` to select a :guilabel:`Team`. Scroll to the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section and choose new project under :guilabel:`Field Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:220 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Task` or :guilabel:`Create & View Task`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a Field Service task creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:226 +msgid "After the task is created, a :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button will be added to the ticket, linking the :guilabel:`Field Service` task to the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:-1 +msgid "View of ticket smart buttons focused on task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:234 +msgid "`Field Service `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Closing tickets" msgstr "" @@ -398,7 +613,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -639,6 +853,7 @@ msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_template`" msgstr "" @@ -675,57 +890,129 @@ msgid "Manually folding a stage from the kanban view will not close the tickets msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" +msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve the quality of your services." +msgid "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers with a general overview of the team's performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgid "To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" +"in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit Stage*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 -msgid "Overview of a helpdesk team kanban view emphasizing the menu edit stage in Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +msgid "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, an email is sent to the customer." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +msgid "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets in a *folded stage* are considered closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +msgid "On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 +msgid "Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to rate the support they received with colored icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the helpdesk ticket from a user’s portal emphasizing the link to the helpdesk team\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgid "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgid "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +msgid "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting provides portal users with an overview of the ratings the team has received over the last thirty days. Specific written feedback will not be included; only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +msgid "In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under :guilabel:`Visibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +msgid "Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to :guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on your website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +msgid "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the :guilabel:`Managed By` field, they will be directed to a page with the team's ratings over the past thirty days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid "Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by :guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +msgid "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 @@ -1079,10 +1366,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As priority levels can be used as criteria for assigning :doc:`SLAs `, changing the priority level of a ticket can alter the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:292 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -1092,85 +1375,300 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s expectations." +msgid "Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" +msgid "Available reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgid "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 +msgid "Ticket Analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 +msgid "The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and individual users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous Period* or a *Previous Year*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +msgid "This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and groups them by stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and ticket type in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +msgid "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more options from the drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded stage*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. *This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the current user has the access rights to view them*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how many requests they are able to handle." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches a stage*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +msgid "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +msgid "SLA Status Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +msgid "The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +msgid "By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the last 30 days, grouped by team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and close date in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +msgid "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more options from the drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` was satisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and ticket type." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 +msgid "To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach SLA`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close (hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want their issues to be handled quickly." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 +msgid "To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select :menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +msgid "Customer Ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +msgid "The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted with the rating." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 -msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis of the hours to close by ticket type and team in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" +msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +msgid "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +msgid "On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +msgid "The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +msgid "View and filter options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +msgid "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +msgid "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can include multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +msgid "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three *Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +msgid "The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 -msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis emphasizing the option to add a filter as a favorite one\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +msgid "To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +msgid "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +msgid "Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +msgid "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option. This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +msgid "Save and share a favorite search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +msgid "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every time they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +msgid "To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +msgid "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 +msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid "Rename the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available to the user who creates it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index af606f76bd..931278354d 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 08:42+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-03 06:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -348,6 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1213,23 +1214,23 @@ msgid "Tax configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:14 -msgid "To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field of the **product template** or use :doc:`fiscal positions `." +msgid "To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field of the **product template** or use :doc:`fiscal positions `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:20 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:25 @@ -1261,7 +1262,7 @@ msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:54 @@ -2022,6 +2023,98 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Cookies bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:5 +msgid "Cookies are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. They are processed and stored by your browser and contain information about your visit, such as login data, location, language, etc. There are two main types of cookies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:9 +msgid "Essential cookies, which are necessary for the website to function properly;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:10 +msgid "Non-essential or optional cookies, which are used to analyze your behavior or display advertisements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a cookies bar with the popup layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:17 +msgid "Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, is required by data protection laws such as `GDPR `_. Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this obligation in a user-friendly and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's first visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide whether they want to store non-essential cookies on their device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:26 +msgid "To enable the cookies bar on your Odoo website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29 +msgid "You can :ref:`customize the appearance of your cookies bar ` and :ref:`edit the content of the related Cookie Policy page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:35 +msgid "Customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:37 +msgid "To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select the :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` building block in the :guilabel:`Invisible Elements` at the bottom of the panel. Customize it using the options in the :guilabel:`Customize` tab in the edit panel. Three :guilabel:`Layouts` are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discrete`: thin bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Classic`: banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Popup`: you can change the popup's :guilabel:`Position` to the :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Middle`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:47 +msgid "You can also:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:49 +msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:50 +msgid "enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the cookies bar is displayed on the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:52 +msgid "further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block` and/or :guilabel:`Column` customization options, which are available after clicking anywhere in the building block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:56 +msgid "To edit the contents of the cookies bar (i.e., the consent message), click directly in the building block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:-1 +msgid "Odoo Website's edit panel to customize the cookies bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:65 +msgid "Cookie policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:67 +msgid "When you enable the cookies bar for your website, Odoo creates the **Cookie Policy** page (`/cookie-policy`) with the list of essential and optional cookies. To access it, click the :guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the cookies bar or open the page from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:72 +msgid "The contents of the page can be adapted based on your website's features and characteristics if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:76 +msgid "You could add a link providing access to this page, in your website's footer, for example." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Multiple websites" msgstr ""